1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2 // 3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4 // 5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7 // 8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9 // 10 // This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 11 // 12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 15 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 16 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 17 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 18 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h" 19 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 20 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 21 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h" 22 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 23 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 24 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 25 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" 26 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 27 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 28 #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h" 29 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 30 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 31 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 32 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 33 #include "clang/Lex/Lexer.h" // TODO: Extract static functions to fix layering. 34 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 35 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // Included for isCodeCompletionEnabled() 36 #include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h" 37 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 38 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 39 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h" 40 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 41 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 42 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 43 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 44 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 45 #include "clang/Sema/Template.h" 46 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" 47 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 48 #include <algorithm> 49 #include <cstring> 50 #include <functional> 51 using namespace clang; 52 using namespace sema; 53 54 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) { 55 if (OwnedType) { 56 Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr }; 57 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2)); 58 } 59 60 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 61 } 62 63 namespace { 64 65 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 66 public: 67 TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false, 68 bool AllowTemplates=false) 69 : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass), 70 AllowClassTemplates(AllowTemplates) { 71 WantExpressionKeywords = false; 72 WantCXXNamedCasts = false; 73 WantRemainingKeywords = false; 74 } 75 76 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 77 if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) { 78 bool IsType = isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND); 79 bool AllowedTemplate = AllowClassTemplates && isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(ND); 80 return (IsType || AllowedTemplate) && 81 (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl()); 82 } 83 return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword(); 84 } 85 86 private: 87 bool AllowInvalidDecl; 88 bool WantClassName; 89 bool AllowClassTemplates; 90 }; 91 92 } 93 94 /// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier. 95 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const { 96 switch (Kind) { 97 // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a 98 // token kind is a valid type specifier 99 case tok::kw_short: 100 case tok::kw_long: 101 case tok::kw___int64: 102 case tok::kw___int128: 103 case tok::kw_signed: 104 case tok::kw_unsigned: 105 case tok::kw_void: 106 case tok::kw_char: 107 case tok::kw_int: 108 case tok::kw_half: 109 case tok::kw_float: 110 case tok::kw_double: 111 case tok::kw_wchar_t: 112 case tok::kw_bool: 113 case tok::kw___underlying_type: 114 return true; 115 116 case tok::annot_typename: 117 case tok::kw_char16_t: 118 case tok::kw_char32_t: 119 case tok::kw_typeof: 120 case tok::annot_decltype: 121 case tok::kw_decltype: 122 return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 123 124 default: 125 break; 126 } 127 128 return false; 129 } 130 131 static ParsedType recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(Sema &S, 132 const IdentifierInfo &II, 133 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 134 // Find the first parent class template context, if any. 135 // FIXME: Perform the lookup in all enclosing class templates. 136 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = nullptr; 137 for (DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext; DC; DC = DC->getParent()) { 138 RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 139 if (RD && RD->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 140 break; 141 } 142 if (!RD) 143 return ParsedType(); 144 145 // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary 146 // templates. 147 bool FoundTypeDecl = false; 148 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) { 149 auto *TST = Base.getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>(); 150 if (!TST || !TST->isDependentType()) 151 continue; 152 auto *TD = TST->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl(); 153 if (!TD) 154 continue; 155 auto *BasePrimaryTemplate = 156 dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl()); 157 if (!BasePrimaryTemplate) 158 continue; 159 // FIXME: Allow lookup into non-dependent bases of dependent bases, possibly 160 // by calling or integrating with the main LookupQualifiedName mechanism. 161 for (NamedDecl *ND : BasePrimaryTemplate->lookup(&II)) { 162 if (FoundTypeDecl) 163 return ParsedType(); 164 FoundTypeDecl = isa<TypeDecl>(ND); 165 if (!FoundTypeDecl) 166 return ParsedType(); 167 } 168 } 169 if (!FoundTypeDecl) 170 return ParsedType(); 171 172 // We found some types in dependent base classes. Recover as if the user 173 // wrote 'typename MyClass::II' instead of 'II'. We'll fully resolve the 174 // lookup during template instantiation. 175 S.Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_found_via_dependent_bases_lookup) << &II; 176 177 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 178 auto *NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, false, 179 cast<Type>(Context.getRecordType(RD))); 180 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_Typename, NNS, &II); 181 182 CXXScopeSpec SS; 183 SS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 184 185 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 186 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 187 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 188 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 189 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 190 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 191 } 192 193 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 194 /// return the declaration of that type. 195 /// 196 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 197 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 198 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 199 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 200 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 201 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 202 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 203 bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot, 204 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 205 bool IsCtorOrDtorName, 206 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo, 207 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) { 208 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 209 DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr; 210 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 211 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 212 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 213 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 214 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 215 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 216 217 if (!LookupCtx) { 218 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 219 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 220 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 221 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 222 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 223 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 224 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 225 // 226 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 227 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 228 if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName) 229 return ParsedType(); 230 231 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 232 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 233 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) 234 return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get(); 235 236 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context); 237 QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc, 238 II, NameLoc); 239 return ParsedType::make(T); 240 } 241 242 return ParsedType(); 243 } 244 245 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 246 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 247 return ParsedType(); 248 } 249 250 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 251 // lookup for class-names. 252 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 253 LookupOrdinaryName; 254 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 255 if (LookupCtx) { 256 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 257 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 258 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 259 // nested-name-specifier. 260 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 261 262 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 263 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 264 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 265 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 266 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 267 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 268 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 269 LookupName(Result, S); 270 } 271 } else { 272 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 273 LookupName(Result, S); 274 275 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 276 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 277 if (Result.empty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && (!SS || SS->isEmpty())) { 278 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 279 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, II, NameLoc)) 280 return TypeInBase; 281 } 282 } 283 284 NamedDecl *IIDecl = nullptr; 285 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 286 case LookupResult::NotFound: 287 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 288 if (CorrectedII) { 289 TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo( 290 Result.getLookupNameInfo(), Kind, S, SS, 291 llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>(true, isClassName), 292 CTK_ErrorRecovery); 293 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 294 TemplateTy Template; 295 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 296 UnqualifiedId TemplateName; 297 TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc); 298 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier(); 299 CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS; 300 if (SS && NNS) { 301 NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 302 NewSSPtr = &NewSS; 303 } 304 if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) && 305 // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected 306 // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names 307 // is handled elsewhere). 308 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr && 309 isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, ParsedType(), 310 false, Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) { 311 ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr, 312 isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr, 313 IsCtorOrDtorName, 314 WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo); 315 if (Ty) { 316 diagnoseTypo(Correction, 317 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest) 318 << Result.getLookupName() << isClassName); 319 if (SS && NNS) 320 SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 321 *CorrectedII = NewII; 322 return Ty; 323 } 324 } 325 } 326 // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through 327 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 328 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 329 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 330 return ParsedType(); 331 332 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 333 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 334 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 335 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 336 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 337 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 338 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 339 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 340 return ParsedType(); 341 } 342 343 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 344 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 345 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 346 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) { 347 if (!IIDecl || 348 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < 349 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) 350 IIDecl = *Res; 351 } 352 } 353 354 if (!IIDecl) { 355 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 356 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 357 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 358 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 359 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 360 // a type name. 361 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 362 return ParsedType(); 363 } 364 365 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 366 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 367 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 368 // perform the name lookup again. 369 break; 370 371 case LookupResult::Found: 372 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 373 break; 374 } 375 376 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 377 378 QualType T; 379 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 380 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 381 382 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 383 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(TD->getLocation(), TD, /*OdrUse=*/false); 384 385 // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a 386 // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier 387 // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node). 388 if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) { 389 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 390 // Construct a type with type-source information. 391 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 392 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 393 394 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 395 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 396 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 397 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)); 398 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 399 } else { 400 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 401 } 402 } 403 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 404 (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc); 405 if (!HasTrailingDot) 406 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 407 } 408 409 if (T.isNull()) { 410 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 411 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 412 return ParsedType(); 413 } 414 return ParsedType::make(T); 415 } 416 417 // Builds a fake NNS for the given decl context. 418 static NestedNameSpecifier * 419 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *DC) { 420 for (;; DC = DC->getLookupParent()) { 421 DC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 422 auto *ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 423 if (ND && !ND->isInline() && !ND->isAnonymousNamespace()) 424 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, ND); 425 else if (auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 426 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(), 427 RD->getTypeForDecl()); 428 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 429 return NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context); 430 } 431 llvm_unreachable("something isn't in TU scope?"); 432 } 433 434 ParsedType Sema::ActOnDelayedDefaultTemplateArg(const IdentifierInfo &II, 435 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 436 // Accepting an undeclared identifier as a default argument for a template 437 // type parameter is a Microsoft extension. 438 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_ms_delayed_template_argument) << &II; 439 440 // Build a fake DependentNameType that will perform lookup into CurContext at 441 // instantiation time. The name specifier isn't dependent, so template 442 // instantiation won't transform it. It will retry the lookup, however. 443 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = 444 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(Context, CurContext); 445 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS, &II); 446 447 // Build type location information. We synthesized the qualifier, so we have 448 // to build a fake NestedNameSpecifierLoc. 449 NestedNameSpecifierLocBuilder NNSLocBuilder; 450 NNSLocBuilder.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 451 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = NNSLocBuilder.getWithLocInContext(Context); 452 453 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 454 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 455 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 456 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 457 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(QualifierLoc); 458 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 459 } 460 461 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 462 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 463 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 464 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class). This is used to diagnose 465 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag. 466 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 467 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 468 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 469 LookupName(R, S, false); 470 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 471 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 472 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 473 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 474 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 475 case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface; 476 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 477 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 478 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 479 } 480 } 481 482 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 483 } 484 485 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope, 486 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes 487 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning. 488 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example: 489 /// @code 490 /// template<class T> class A { 491 /// public: 492 /// typedef int TYPE; 493 /// }; 494 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> { 495 /// public: 496 /// A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class. 497 /// }; 498 /// @endcode 499 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) { 500 if (CurContext->isRecord()) { 501 if (SS->getScopeRep()->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::Super) 502 return true; 503 504 const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType(); 505 506 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 507 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) 508 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base.getType())) 509 return true; 510 return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 511 } 512 return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 513 } 514 515 void Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 516 SourceLocation IILoc, 517 Scope *S, 518 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 519 ParsedType &SuggestedType, 520 bool AllowClassTemplates) { 521 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 522 SuggestedType = ParsedType(); 523 524 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 525 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 526 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = 527 CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS, 528 llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>( 529 false, false, AllowClassTemplates), 530 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 531 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) { 532 // We corrected to a keyword. 533 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II); 534 II = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 535 } else { 536 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 537 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) { 538 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 539 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II); 540 } else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) { 541 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 542 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 543 II->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 544 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 545 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 546 << II << DC << DroppedSpecifier << SS->getRange()); 547 } else { 548 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 549 } 550 551 CXXScopeSpec tmpSS; 552 if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier()) 553 tmpSS.MakeTrivial(Context, Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier(), 554 SourceRange(IILoc)); 555 SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 556 IILoc, S, tmpSS.isSet() ? &tmpSS : SS, false, 557 false, ParsedType(), 558 /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false, 559 /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true); 560 } 561 return; 562 } 563 564 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 565 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 566 UnqualifiedId Name; 567 Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc); 568 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 569 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 570 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 571 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 572 Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult, 573 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 574 TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.get(); 575 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName; 576 if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 577 Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here) 578 << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange(); 579 } 580 return; 581 } 582 } 583 584 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 585 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 586 587 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 588 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II; 589 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 590 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 591 << II << DC << SS->getRange(); 592 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 593 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing; 594 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S)) 595 DiagID = diag::ext_typename_missing; 596 597 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID) 598 << SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName() 599 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 600 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 601 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), 602 *SS, *II, IILoc).get(); 603 } else { 604 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 605 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 606 } 607 } 608 609 /// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name 610 /// or 611 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) { 612 bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 613 NextToken.is(tok::less); 614 615 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) { 616 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I)) 617 return true; 618 619 if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I)) 620 return true; 621 } 622 623 return false; 624 } 625 626 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result, 627 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 628 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 629 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 630 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName); 631 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS); 632 if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 633 StringRef FixItTagName; 634 switch (Tag->getTagKind()) { 635 case TTK_Class: 636 FixItTagName = "class "; 637 break; 638 639 case TTK_Enum: 640 FixItTagName = "enum "; 641 break; 642 643 case TTK_Struct: 644 FixItTagName = "struct "; 645 break; 646 647 case TTK_Interface: 648 FixItTagName = "__interface "; 649 break; 650 651 case TTK_Union: 652 FixItTagName = "union "; 653 break; 654 } 655 656 StringRef TagName = FixItTagName.drop_back(); 657 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag) 658 << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 659 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName); 660 661 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end(); 662 I != IEnd; ++I) 663 SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type) 664 << Name << TagName; 665 666 // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl. 667 Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName); 668 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS); 669 return true; 670 } 671 672 return false; 673 } 674 675 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier. 676 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 677 QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) { 678 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 679 680 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 681 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 682 683 T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T); 684 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 685 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 686 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 687 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 688 } 689 690 Sema::NameClassification 691 Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *&Name, 692 SourceLocation NameLoc, const Token &NextToken, 693 bool IsAddressOfOperand, 694 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC) { 695 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc); 696 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl(); 697 698 if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) { 699 BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(), 700 QualType(), false, SS, nullptr, false); 701 } 702 703 LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 704 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod); 705 706 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 707 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 708 if (Result.empty() && SS.isEmpty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 709 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 710 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, *Name, NameLoc)) 711 return TypeInBase; 712 } 713 714 // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically 715 // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method. 716 // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal 717 // unqualified lookup mechanism. 718 if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) { 719 ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true); 720 if (E.get() || E.isInvalid()) 721 return E; 722 } 723 724 bool SecondTry = false; 725 bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false; 726 727 Corrected: 728 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 729 case LookupResult::NotFound: 730 // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function 731 // call. 732 if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) { 733 // In C++, this is an ADL-only call. 734 // FIXME: Reference? 735 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 736 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true); 737 738 // C90 6.3.2.2: 739 // If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a 740 // function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no 741 // declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is 742 // implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing 743 // the function call, the declaration 744 // 745 // extern int identifier (); 746 // 747 // appeared. 748 // 749 // We also allow this in C99 as an extension. 750 if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) { 751 Result.addDecl(D); 752 Result.resolveKind(); 753 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false); 754 } 755 } 756 757 // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in 758 // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum", 759 // "struct", or "union". 760 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry && 761 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 762 break; 763 } 764 765 // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is 766 // close to this name. 767 if (!SecondTry && CCC) { 768 SecondTry = true; 769 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 770 Result.getLookupKind(), S, 771 &SS, std::move(CCC), 772 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 773 unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest; 774 unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest; 775 776 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 777 NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl 778 = FirstDecl? FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl() : nullptr; 779 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 780 UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) { 781 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest; 782 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest; 783 } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl && 784 (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 785 isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 786 isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) { 787 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest; 788 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest; 789 } 790 791 if (SS.isEmpty()) { 792 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(UnqualifiedDiag) << Name); 793 } else {// FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it. 794 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 795 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 796 Name->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 797 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(QualifiedDiag) 798 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) 799 << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange()); 800 } 801 802 // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name. 803 Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 804 805 // Typo correction corrected to a keyword. 806 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) 807 return Name; 808 809 // Also update the LookupResult... 810 // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point 811 Result.clear(); 812 Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection()); 813 if (FirstDecl) 814 Result.addDecl(FirstDecl); 815 816 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let 817 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to 818 // reference the ivar. 819 // FIXME: This is a gross hack. 820 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) { 821 Result.clear(); 822 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier())); 823 return E; 824 } 825 826 goto Corrected; 827 } 828 } 829 830 // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it. 831 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 832 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 833 834 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: { 835 // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were 836 // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other 837 // dependent nested-name-specifier. 838 839 // C++ [temp.res]p2: 840 // A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is 841 // dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type 842 // unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is 843 // qualified by the keyword typename. 844 // 845 // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to 846 // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a 847 // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template' 848 // keyword here. 849 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(), 850 NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand, 851 /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr); 852 } 853 854 case LookupResult::Found: 855 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 856 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 857 break; 858 859 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 860 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 861 hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) { 862 // C++ [temp.local]p3: 863 // A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an 864 // ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than 865 // one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found 866 // refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name 867 // is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the 868 // class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not 869 // ambiguous. 870 // 871 // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one, 872 // so try again after filtering out template names. 873 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 874 if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) { 875 IsFilteredTemplateName = true; 876 break; 877 } 878 } 879 880 // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error. 881 return NameClassification::Error(); 882 } 883 884 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 885 (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) { 886 // C++ [temp.names]p3: 887 // After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that 888 // an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of 889 // overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if 890 // this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a 891 // template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator. 892 if (!IsFilteredTemplateName) 893 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 894 895 if (!Result.empty()) { 896 bool IsFunctionTemplate; 897 bool IsVarTemplate; 898 TemplateName Template; 899 if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) { 900 IsFunctionTemplate = true; 901 Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(), 902 Result.end()); 903 } else { 904 TemplateDecl *TD 905 = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl()); 906 IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD); 907 IsVarTemplate = isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD); 908 909 if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid()) 910 Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(), 911 /*TemplateKeyword=*/false, 912 TD); 913 else 914 Template = TemplateName(TD); 915 } 916 917 if (IsFunctionTemplate) { 918 // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which 919 // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need 920 // to based on which function we selected. 921 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 922 923 return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template); 924 } 925 926 return IsVarTemplate ? NameClassification::VarTemplate(Template) 927 : NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template); 928 } 929 } 930 931 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 932 if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) { 933 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 934 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Type->getLocation(), Type, /*OdrUse=*/false); 935 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 936 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 937 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 938 return ParsedType::make(T); 939 } 940 941 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl); 942 if (!Class) { 943 // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this. 944 if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias = 945 dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl)) 946 Class = Alias->getClassInterface(); 947 } 948 949 if (Class) { 950 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc); 951 952 if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) { 953 // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression. 954 // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now. 955 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 956 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 957 } 958 959 QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class); 960 return ParsedType::make(T); 961 } 962 963 // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument. 964 if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)) 965 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate( 966 TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))); 967 968 // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it 969 // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found. 970 bool NextIsOp = NextToken.is(tok::amp) || NextToken.is(tok::star); 971 if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) || 972 (NextIsOp && 973 FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) && 974 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 975 TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 976 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 977 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 978 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 979 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 980 return ParsedType::make(T); 981 } 982 983 if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember()) 984 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, 985 nullptr); 986 987 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)); 988 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL); 989 } 990 991 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a 992 // context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the 993 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. 994 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { 995 996 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've 997 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is 998 // the context we'll need to return to. 999 // A Lambda call operator whose parent is a class must not be treated 1000 // as an inline member function. A Lambda can be used legally 1001 // either as an in-class member initializer or a default argument. These 1002 // are parsed once the class has been marked complete and so the containing 1003 // context would be the nested class (when the lambda is defined in one); 1004 // If the class is not complete, then the lambda is being used in an 1005 // ill-formed fashion (such as to specify the width of a bit-field, or 1006 // in an array-bound) - in which case we still want to return the 1007 // lexically containing DC (which could be a nested class). 1008 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC) && !isLambdaCallOperator(DC)) { 1009 DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); 1010 1011 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its 1012 // lexical context. 1013 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 1014 return DC; 1015 1016 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class 1017 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost 1018 // class is the context we need to return to. 1019 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) 1020 DC = RD; 1021 1022 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is 1023 // declared in. 1024 return DC; 1025 } 1026 1027 return DC->getLexicalParent(); 1028 } 1029 1030 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1031 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && 1032 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1033 CurContext = DC; 1034 S->setEntity(DC); 1035 } 1036 1037 void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 1038 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1039 1040 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); 1041 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1042 } 1043 1044 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 1045 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 1046 /// 1047 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1048 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 1049 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 1050 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 1051 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 1052 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 1053 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 1054 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 1055 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 1056 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 1057 // namespace. 1058 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 1059 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 1060 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 1061 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 1062 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 1063 1064 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 1065 1066 #ifndef NDEBUG 1067 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1068 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1069 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 1070 #endif 1071 1072 CurContext = DC; 1073 S->setEntity(DC); 1074 } 1075 1076 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 1077 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 1078 1079 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 1080 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 1081 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1082 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1083 CurContext = Ancestor->getEntity(); 1084 1085 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 1086 // disappear. 1087 } 1088 1089 1090 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) { 1091 // We assume that the caller has already called 1092 // ActOnReenterTemplateScope so getTemplatedDecl() works. 1093 FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction(); 1094 if (!FD) 1095 return; 1096 1097 // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context 1098 // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class. 1099 assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() && 1100 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1101 CurContext = FD; 1102 S->setEntity(CurContext); 1103 1104 for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) { 1105 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P); 1106 // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope 1107 if (Param->getIdentifier()) { 1108 S->AddDecl(Param); 1109 IdResolver.AddDecl(Param); 1110 } 1111 } 1112 } 1113 1114 1115 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() { 1116 // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent, 1117 // rather than the top-level class. 1118 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1119 CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent(); 1120 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1121 } 1122 1123 1124 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 1125 /// PrevDecl with another declaration. 1126 /// 1127 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 1128 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 1129 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 1130 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 1131 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 1132 /// attribute. 1133 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 1134 ASTContext &Context) { 1135 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 1136 return true; 1137 1138 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 1139 return true; 1140 1141 return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found 1142 && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 1143 } 1144 1145 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1146 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 1147 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 1148 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 1149 // scope. 1150 while (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) 1151 S = S->getParent(); 1152 1153 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 1154 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 1155 // into any context. 1156 if (AddToContext) 1157 CurContext->addDecl(D); 1158 1159 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++, unless they 1160 // are function-local declarations. 1161 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D->isOutOfLine() && 1162 !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 1163 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 1164 !D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 1165 return; 1166 1167 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 1168 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 1169 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 1170 return; 1171 1172 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 1173 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 1174 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 1175 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 1176 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 1177 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 1178 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 1179 1180 // Should only need to replace one decl. 1181 break; 1182 } 1183 } 1184 1185 S->AddDecl(D); 1186 1187 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) { 1188 // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that 1189 // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert 1190 // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain. 1191 for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) { 1192 DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 1193 if (IDC == CurContext) { 1194 if (!S->isDeclScope(*I)) 1195 continue; 1196 } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext)) 1197 break; 1198 } 1199 1200 IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D); 1201 } else { 1202 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 1203 } 1204 } 1205 1206 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) { 1207 if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope) 1208 TUScope->AddDecl(D); 1209 } 1210 1211 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1212 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1213 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace); 1214 } 1215 1216 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1217 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 1218 do { 1219 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = S->getEntity()) 1220 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 1221 return S; 1222 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 1223 1224 return nullptr; 1225 } 1226 1227 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 1228 DeclContext*, 1229 ASTContext&); 1230 1231 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 1232 /// as determined by isDeclInScope. 1233 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1234 bool ConsiderLinkage, 1235 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1236 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1237 while (F.hasNext()) { 1238 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 1239 1240 if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace)) 1241 continue; 1242 1243 if (ConsiderLinkage && isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context)) 1244 continue; 1245 1246 F.erase(); 1247 } 1248 1249 F.done(); 1250 } 1251 1252 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 1253 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 1254 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 1255 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 1256 } 1257 1258 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 1259 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 1260 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1261 while (F.hasNext()) 1262 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 1263 F.erase(); 1264 1265 F.done(); 1266 } 1267 1268 /// \brief Check for this common pattern: 1269 /// @code 1270 /// class S { 1271 /// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1272 /// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1273 /// }; 1274 /// @endcode 1275 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 1276 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 1277 // the decl here. 1278 if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 1279 return false; 1280 1281 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 1282 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 1283 if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 1284 return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 1285 return false; 1286 } 1287 1288 // We need this to handle 1289 // 1290 // typedef struct { 1291 // void *foo() { return 0; } 1292 // } A; 1293 // 1294 // When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A' 1295 // for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A', 1296 // foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know until we get to the end 1297 // of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non-external linkage. 1298 // Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or 1299 // not. 1300 bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1301 const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext(); 1302 while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) { 1303 if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){ 1304 if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage()) 1305 return true; 1306 } 1307 DC = DC->getParent(); 1308 } 1309 1310 return !D->isExternallyVisible(); 1311 } 1312 1313 // FIXME: This needs to be refactored; some other isInMainFile users want 1314 // these semantics. 1315 static bool isMainFileLoc(const Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) { 1316 if (S.TUKind != TU_Complete) 1317 return false; 1318 return S.SourceMgr.isInMainFile(Loc); 1319 } 1320 1321 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 1322 assert(D); 1323 1324 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1325 return false; 1326 1327 // Ignore all entities declared within templates, and out-of-line definitions 1328 // of members of class templates. 1329 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() || 1330 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 1331 return false; 1332 1333 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1334 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1335 return false; 1336 1337 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 1338 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 1339 return false; 1340 } else { 1341 // 'static inline' functions are defined in headers; don't warn. 1342 if (FD->isInlined() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, FD->getLocation())) 1343 return false; 1344 } 1345 1346 if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() && 1347 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) 1348 return false; 1349 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1350 // Constants and utility variables are defined in headers with internal 1351 // linkage; don't warn. (Unlike functions, there isn't a convenient marker 1352 // like "inline".) 1353 if (!isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation())) 1354 return false; 1355 1356 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) 1357 return false; 1358 1359 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 1360 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1361 return false; 1362 } else { 1363 return false; 1364 } 1365 1366 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 1367 // FIXME: This seems like a bogus check; it suppresses -Wunused-function 1368 // for inline functions defined in the main source file, for instance. 1369 return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D); 1370 } 1371 1372 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1373 if (!D) 1374 return; 1375 1376 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1377 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDecl(); 1378 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1379 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1380 } 1381 1382 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1383 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDecl(); 1384 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1385 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1386 } 1387 1388 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 1389 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 1390 } 1391 1392 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1393 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 1394 return false; 1395 1396 if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>() || 1397 D->hasAttr<ObjCPreciseLifetimeAttr>()) 1398 return false; 1399 1400 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1401 return true; 1402 1403 // Except for labels, we only care about unused decls that are local to 1404 // functions. 1405 bool WithinFunction = D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod(); 1406 if (const auto *R = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext())) 1407 // For dependent types, the diagnostic is deferred. 1408 WithinFunction = 1409 WithinFunction || (R->isLocalClass() && !R->isDependentType()); 1410 if (!WithinFunction) 1411 return false; 1412 1413 if (isa<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) 1414 return true; 1415 1416 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 1417 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D)) 1418 return false; 1419 1420 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 1421 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1422 1423 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 1424 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 1425 1426 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 1427 if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) { 1428 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1429 return false; 1430 } 1431 1432 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 1433 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 1434 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 1435 return false; 1436 1437 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 1438 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 1439 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1440 return false; 1441 1442 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1443 if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1444 return false; 1445 1446 if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) { 1447 if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups = 1448 dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init)) 1449 Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr(); 1450 const CXXConstructExpr *Construct = 1451 dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init); 1452 if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) { 1453 CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor(); 1454 if (!CD->isTrivial() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1455 return false; 1456 } 1457 } 1458 } 1459 } 1460 1461 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 1462 } 1463 1464 return true; 1465 } 1466 1467 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx, 1468 FixItHint &Hint) { 1469 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) { 1470 SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(), 1471 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true); 1472 if (AfterColon.isInvalid()) 1473 return; 1474 Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange:: 1475 getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon)); 1476 } 1477 return; 1478 } 1479 1480 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(const RecordDecl *D) { 1481 if (D->getTypeForDecl()->isDependentType()) 1482 return; 1483 1484 for (auto *TmpD : D->decls()) { 1485 if (const auto *T = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(TmpD)) 1486 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(T); 1487 else if(const auto *R = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(TmpD)) 1488 DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(R); 1489 } 1490 } 1491 1492 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used 1493 /// unless they are marked attr(unused). 1494 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1495 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 1496 return; 1497 1498 if (auto *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) { 1499 // typedefs can be referenced later on, so the diagnostics are emitted 1500 // at end-of-translation-unit. 1501 UnusedLocalTypedefNameCandidates.insert(TD); 1502 return; 1503 } 1504 1505 FixItHint Hint; 1506 GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint); 1507 1508 unsigned DiagID; 1509 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 1510 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param; 1511 else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1512 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label; 1513 else 1514 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable; 1515 1516 Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint; 1517 } 1518 1519 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) { 1520 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 1521 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 1522 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt which is also not a resolved 1523 // MS inline assembly label name. 1524 bool Diagnose = false; 1525 if (L->isMSAsmLabel()) 1526 Diagnose = !L->isResolvedMSAsmLabel(); 1527 else 1528 Diagnose = L->getStmt() == nullptr; 1529 if (Diagnose) 1530 S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName(); 1531 } 1532 1533 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 1534 S->mergeNRVOIntoParent(); 1535 1536 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 1537 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 1538 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 1539 1540 for (auto *TmpD : S->decls()) { 1541 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 1542 1543 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 1544 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 1545 1546 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 1547 1548 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 1549 if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred()) { 1550 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 1551 if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(D)) 1552 DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(RD); 1553 } 1554 1555 // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined. 1556 if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D)) 1557 CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this); 1558 1559 // Remove this name from our lexical scope. 1560 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 1561 } 1562 } 1563 1564 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 1565 /// 1566 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 1567 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 1568 /// to the fixed name. 1569 /// 1570 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 1571 /// 1572 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 1573 /// if there is no class with the given name. 1574 /// 1575 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 1576 /// class could not be found. 1577 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 1578 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1579 bool DoTypoCorrection) { 1580 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 1581 // creation from this context. 1582 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1583 1584 if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) { 1585 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 1586 // find an Objective-C class name. 1587 if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo( 1588 DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, nullptr, 1589 llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl>>(), 1590 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 1591 diagnoseTypo(C, PDiag(diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) << Id); 1592 IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(); 1593 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 1594 } 1595 } 1596 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 1597 // This routine must always return a class definition, if any. 1598 if (Def && Def->getDefinition()) 1599 Def = Def->getDefinition(); 1600 return Def; 1601 } 1602 1603 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 1604 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 1605 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 1606 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 1607 /// ill-formed in C++: 1608 /// @code 1609 /// struct S6 { 1610 /// enum { BAR } e; 1611 /// }; 1612 /// 1613 /// void test_S6() { 1614 /// struct S6 a; 1615 /// a.e = BAR; 1616 /// } 1617 /// @endcode 1618 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 1619 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 1620 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 1621 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 1622 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 1623 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 1624 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 1625 /// contain non-field names. 1626 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 1627 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 1628 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) || 1629 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)) 1630 S = S->getParent(); 1631 return S; 1632 } 1633 1634 /// \brief Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and 1635 /// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of 1636 /// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such 1637 /// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place. 1638 static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S, 1639 IdentifierInfo *II) { 1640 if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper")) 1641 return; 1642 ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context; 1643 1644 LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"), 1645 SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName); 1646 ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S); 1647 if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 1648 if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 1649 Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD)); 1650 } 1651 1652 static StringRef getHeaderName(ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error) { 1653 switch (Error) { 1654 case ASTContext::GE_None: 1655 return ""; 1656 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 1657 return "stdio.h"; 1658 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 1659 return "setjmp.h"; 1660 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext: 1661 return "ucontext.h"; 1662 } 1663 llvm_unreachable("unhandled error kind"); 1664 } 1665 1666 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 1667 /// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 1668 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 1669 /// built-in. 1670 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID, 1671 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 1672 SourceLocation Loc) { 1673 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II); 1674 1675 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 1676 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(ID, Error); 1677 if (Error) { 1678 if (ForRedeclaration) 1679 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_sysheader) 1680 << getHeaderName(Error) 1681 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(ID); 1682 return nullptr; 1683 } 1684 1685 if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(ID)) { 1686 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 1687 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(ID) 1688 << R; 1689 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) && 1690 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc)) 1691 Diag(Loc, diag::note_include_header_or_declare) 1692 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) 1693 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(ID); 1694 } 1695 1696 DeclContext *Parent = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 1697 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1698 LinkageSpecDecl *CLinkageDecl = 1699 LinkageSpecDecl::Create(Context, Parent, Loc, Loc, 1700 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c, false); 1701 CLinkageDecl->setImplicit(); 1702 Parent->addDecl(CLinkageDecl); 1703 Parent = CLinkageDecl; 1704 } 1705 1706 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, 1707 Parent, 1708 Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 1709 SC_Extern, 1710 false, 1711 /*hasPrototype=*/true); 1712 New->setImplicit(); 1713 1714 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 1715 // FunctionDecl. 1716 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 1717 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1718 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { 1719 ParmVarDecl *parm = 1720 ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 1721 nullptr, FT->getParamType(i), /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 1722 SC_None, nullptr); 1723 parm->setScopeInfo(0, i); 1724 Params.push_back(parm); 1725 } 1726 New->setParams(Params); 1727 } 1728 1729 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 1730 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(New, S); 1731 1732 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 1733 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 1734 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 1735 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 1736 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 1737 CurContext = Parent; 1738 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 1739 CurContext = SavedContext; 1740 return New; 1741 } 1742 1743 /// \brief Filter out any previous declarations that the given declaration 1744 /// should not consider because they are not permitted to conflict, e.g., 1745 /// because they come from hidden sub-modules and do not refer to the same 1746 /// entity. 1747 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(ASTContext &context, 1748 NamedDecl *decl, 1749 LookupResult &previous){ 1750 // This is only interesting when modules are enabled. 1751 if (!context.getLangOpts().Modules) 1752 return; 1753 1754 // Empty sets are uninteresting. 1755 if (previous.empty()) 1756 return; 1757 1758 LookupResult::Filter filter = previous.makeFilter(); 1759 while (filter.hasNext()) { 1760 NamedDecl *old = filter.next(); 1761 1762 // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored. 1763 if (!old->isHidden()) 1764 continue; 1765 1766 if (!old->isExternallyVisible()) 1767 filter.erase(); 1768 } 1769 1770 filter.done(); 1771 } 1772 1773 /// Typedef declarations don't have linkage, but they still denote the same 1774 /// entity if their types are the same. 1775 /// FIXME: This is notionally doing the same thing as ASTReaderDecl's 1776 /// isSameEntity. 1777 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(ASTContext &Context, 1778 TypedefNameDecl *Decl, 1779 LookupResult &Previous) { 1780 // This is only interesting when modules are enabled. 1781 if (!Context.getLangOpts().Modules) 1782 return; 1783 1784 // Empty sets are uninteresting. 1785 if (Previous.empty()) 1786 return; 1787 1788 LookupResult::Filter Filter = Previous.makeFilter(); 1789 while (Filter.hasNext()) { 1790 NamedDecl *Old = Filter.next(); 1791 1792 // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored. 1793 if (!Old->isHidden()) 1794 continue; 1795 1796 // Declarations of the same entity are not ignored, even if they have 1797 // different linkages. 1798 if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1799 if (Context.hasSameType(OldTD->getUnderlyingType(), 1800 Decl->getUnderlyingType())) 1801 continue; 1802 1803 if (!Old->isExternallyVisible()) 1804 Filter.erase(); 1805 } 1806 1807 Filter.done(); 1808 } 1809 1810 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) { 1811 QualType OldType; 1812 if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1813 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 1814 else 1815 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 1816 QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1817 1818 if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 1819 // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type. 1820 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1821 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef) 1822 << Kind << NewType; 1823 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1824 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1825 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1826 return true; 1827 } 1828 1829 if (OldType != NewType && 1830 !OldType->isDependentType() && 1831 !NewType->isDependentType() && 1832 !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) { 1833 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1834 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 1835 << Kind << NewType << OldType; 1836 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1837 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1838 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1839 return true; 1840 } 1841 return false; 1842 } 1843 1844 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 1845 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 1846 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 1847 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 1848 /// 1849 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) { 1850 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 1851 // merging checks. 1852 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 1853 1854 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 1855 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 1856 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 1857 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 1858 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 1859 default: break; 1860 case 2: 1861 { 1862 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 1863 break; 1864 QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1865 if (!T->isPointerType()) 1866 break; 1867 if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) { 1868 QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 1869 if (!PT->isStructureType()) 1870 break; 1871 } 1872 Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T); 1873 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 1874 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 1875 return; 1876 } 1877 case 5: 1878 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 1879 break; 1880 Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1881 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 1882 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 1883 return; 1884 case 3: 1885 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 1886 break; 1887 Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1888 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 1889 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 1890 return; 1891 } 1892 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 1893 } 1894 1895 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 1896 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1897 if (!Old) { 1898 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1899 << New->getDeclName(); 1900 1901 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 1902 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 1903 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1904 1905 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1906 } 1907 1908 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 1909 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 1910 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1911 1912 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 1913 // with any extensions enabled. 1914 if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New)) 1915 return; 1916 1917 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain and merge attributes if 1918 // the old declaration was a typedef. 1919 if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 1920 New->setPreviousDecl(Typedef); 1921 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 1922 } 1923 1924 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 1925 return; 1926 1927 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1928 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 1929 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 1930 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 1931 // to the type to which it already refers. 1932 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 1933 return; 1934 1935 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 1936 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 1937 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 1938 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 1939 // 1940 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 1941 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 1942 // 1943 // struct S { 1944 // typedef struct A { } A; 1945 // }; 1946 // 1947 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 1948 // allow the above but disallow 1949 // 1950 // struct S { 1951 // typedef int I; 1952 // typedef int I; 1953 // }; 1954 // 1955 // since that was the intent of DR56. 1956 if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1957 return; 1958 1959 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 1960 << New->getDeclName(); 1961 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1962 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1963 } 1964 1965 // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11. 1966 if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11) 1967 return; 1968 1969 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 1970 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 1971 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 1972 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 1973 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 1974 (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 1975 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 1976 return; 1977 1978 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_redefinition_of_typedef) 1979 << New->getDeclName(); 1980 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1981 return; 1982 } 1983 1984 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 1985 /// attribute. 1986 static bool DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 1987 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 1988 const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A); 1989 for (const auto *i : D->attrs()) 1990 if (i->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 1991 if (Ann) { 1992 if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(i)->getAnnotation()) 1993 return true; 1994 continue; 1995 } 1996 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 1997 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(i)) 1998 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(i)->getOwnKind(); 1999 return true; 2000 } 2001 2002 return false; 2003 } 2004 2005 static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) { 2006 if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 2007 return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(); 2008 if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2009 return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined(); 2010 return true; 2011 } 2012 2013 /// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the 2014 /// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute. 2015 /// 2016 /// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New. 2017 static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) { 2018 // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute 2019 // specifies the strictest alignment requirement. 2020 AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = nullptr; 2021 AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = nullptr; 2022 unsigned OldAlign = 0; 2023 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 2024 // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments 2025 // in a case like: 2026 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X; 2027 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {}; 2028 // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the 2029 // definition in such a case. 2030 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 2031 return false; 2032 2033 if (I->isAlignas()) 2034 OldAlignasAttr = I; 2035 2036 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 2037 if (Align > OldAlign) { 2038 OldAlign = Align; 2039 OldStrictestAlignAttr = I; 2040 } 2041 } 2042 2043 // Look for alignas attributes on New. 2044 AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = nullptr; 2045 unsigned NewAlign = 0; 2046 for (auto *I : New->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 2047 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 2048 return false; 2049 2050 if (I->isAlignas()) 2051 NewAlignasAttr = I; 2052 2053 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 2054 if (Align > NewAlign) 2055 NewAlign = Align; 2056 } 2057 2058 if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) { 2059 // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match. 2060 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but 2061 // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match 2062 // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.) 2063 2064 // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it 2065 // specifies the natural alignment for the type. 2066 if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) { 2067 QualType Ty; 2068 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New)) 2069 Ty = VD->getType(); 2070 else 2071 Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New)); 2072 2073 if (OldAlign == 0) 2074 OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 2075 if (NewAlign == 0) 2076 NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 2077 } 2078 2079 if (OldAlign != NewAlign) { 2080 S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch) 2081 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity() 2082 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity(); 2083 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2084 } 2085 } 2086 2087 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) { 2088 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2089 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2090 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2091 // equivalent alignment. 2092 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2093 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2094 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2095 // have no alignment specifier. 2096 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2097 << OldAlignasAttr; 2098 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2099 << OldAlignasAttr; 2100 } 2101 2102 bool AnyAdded = false; 2103 2104 // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment. 2105 if (OldAlign > NewAlign) { 2106 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context); 2107 Clone->setInherited(true); 2108 New->addAttr(Clone); 2109 AnyAdded = true; 2110 } 2111 2112 // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one. 2113 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && 2114 !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) { 2115 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context); 2116 Clone->setInherited(true); 2117 New->addAttr(Clone); 2118 AnyAdded = true; 2119 } 2120 2121 return AnyAdded; 2122 } 2123 2124 static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D, 2125 const InheritableAttr *Attr, bool Override) { 2126 InheritableAttr *NewAttr = nullptr; 2127 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex = Attr->getSpellingListIndex(); 2128 if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr)) 2129 NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(), 2130 AA->getIntroduced(), AA->getDeprecated(), 2131 AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(), 2132 AA->getMessage(), Override, 2133 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2134 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2135 NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 2136 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2137 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2138 NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 2139 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2140 else if (const auto *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr)) 2141 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange(), 2142 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2143 else if (const auto *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr)) 2144 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange(), 2145 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2146 else if (const auto *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr)) 2147 NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(), 2148 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg(), 2149 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2150 else if (const auto *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr)) 2151 NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName(), 2152 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2153 else if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast<MSInheritanceAttr>(Attr)) 2154 NewAttr = S.mergeMSInheritanceAttr(D, IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 2155 AttrSpellingListIndex, 2156 IA->getSemanticSpelling()); 2157 else if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AlwaysInlineAttr>(Attr)) 2158 NewAttr = S.mergeAlwaysInlineAttr(D, AA->getRange(), 2159 &S.Context.Idents.get(AA->getSpelling()), 2160 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2161 else if (const auto *MA = dyn_cast<MinSizeAttr>(Attr)) 2162 NewAttr = S.mergeMinSizeAttr(D, MA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex); 2163 else if (const auto *OA = dyn_cast<OptimizeNoneAttr>(Attr)) 2164 NewAttr = S.mergeOptimizeNoneAttr(D, OA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex); 2165 else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr)) 2166 // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all 2167 // such attributes on a declaration at the same time. 2168 NewAttr = nullptr; 2169 else if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(Attr) && Override) 2170 NewAttr = nullptr; 2171 else if (Attr->duplicatesAllowed() || !DeclHasAttr(D, Attr)) 2172 NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context)); 2173 2174 if (NewAttr) { 2175 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2176 D->addAttr(NewAttr); 2177 return true; 2178 } 2179 2180 return false; 2181 } 2182 2183 static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) { 2184 if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2185 return TD->getDefinition(); 2186 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 2187 const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition(); 2188 if (Def) 2189 return Def; 2190 return VD->getActingDefinition(); 2191 } 2192 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 2193 const FunctionDecl* Def; 2194 if (FD->isDefined(Def)) 2195 return Def; 2196 } 2197 return nullptr; 2198 } 2199 2200 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) { 2201 for (const auto *Attribute : D->attrs()) 2202 if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind) 2203 return true; 2204 return false; 2205 } 2206 2207 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that 2208 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration. 2209 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) { 2210 if (!New->hasAttrs()) 2211 return; 2212 2213 const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old); 2214 if (!Def || Def == New) 2215 return; 2216 2217 AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs(); 2218 for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) { 2219 const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I]; 2220 2221 if (isa<AliasAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2222 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(New)) 2223 S.CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, cast<FunctionDecl>(Def)); 2224 else { 2225 VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(New); 2226 unsigned Diag = cast<VarDecl>(Def)->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == 2227 VarDecl::TentativeDefinition 2228 ? diag::err_alias_after_tentative 2229 : diag::err_redefinition; 2230 S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), Diag) << VD->getDeclName(); 2231 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2232 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 2233 } 2234 ++I; 2235 continue; 2236 } 2237 2238 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Def)) { 2239 // Tentative definitions are only interesting for the alias check above. 2240 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() != VarDecl::Definition) { 2241 ++I; 2242 continue; 2243 } 2244 } 2245 2246 if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) { 2247 ++I; 2248 continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this. 2249 } 2250 2251 if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2252 // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined. 2253 ++I; 2254 continue; 2255 } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2256 if (AA->isAlignas()) { 2257 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2258 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2259 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2260 // equivalent alignment. 2261 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2262 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2263 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2264 // have no alignment specifier. 2265 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2266 << AA; 2267 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2268 << AA; 2269 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2270 --E; 2271 continue; 2272 } 2273 } 2274 2275 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), 2276 diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 2277 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2278 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2279 --E; 2280 } 2281 } 2282 2283 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 2284 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, 2285 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { 2286 if (UsedAttr *OldAttr = Old->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 2287 UsedAttr *NewAttr = OldAttr->clone(Context); 2288 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2289 New->addAttr(NewAttr); 2290 } 2291 2292 if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs()) 2293 return; 2294 2295 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored 2296 checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old); 2297 2298 if (!Old->hasAttrs()) 2299 return; 2300 2301 bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs(); 2302 2303 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 2304 // we process them. 2305 if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2306 2307 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<InheritableAttr>()) { 2308 bool Override = false; 2309 // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested. 2310 if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(I) || 2311 isa<UnavailableAttr>(I) || 2312 isa<AvailabilityAttr>(I)) { 2313 switch (AMK) { 2314 case AMK_None: 2315 continue; 2316 2317 case AMK_Redeclaration: 2318 break; 2319 2320 case AMK_Override: 2321 Override = true; 2322 break; 2323 } 2324 } 2325 2326 // Already handled. 2327 if (isa<UsedAttr>(I)) 2328 continue; 2329 2330 if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, I, Override)) 2331 foundAny = true; 2332 } 2333 2334 if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old)) 2335 foundAny = true; 2336 2337 if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs(); 2338 } 2339 2340 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter 2341 /// to the new one. 2342 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl, 2343 const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl, 2344 Sema &S) { 2345 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2346 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2347 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2348 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2349 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 2350 if (CDA && !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2351 S.Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 2352 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2353 // Find the first declaration of the parameter. 2354 // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters? 2355 const FunctionDecl *FirstFD = 2356 cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDecl(); 2357 const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD = 2358 FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex()); 2359 S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(), 2360 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2361 } 2362 2363 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 2364 return; 2365 2366 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 2367 2368 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is 2369 // done before we process them. 2370 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2371 2372 for (const auto *I : oldDecl->specific_attrs<InheritableParamAttr>()) { 2373 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, I)) { 2374 InheritableAttr *newAttr = 2375 cast<InheritableParamAttr>(I->clone(S.Context)); 2376 newAttr->setInherited(true); 2377 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 2378 foundAny = true; 2379 } 2380 } 2381 2382 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 2383 } 2384 2385 namespace { 2386 2387 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 2388 /// C. 2389 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 2390 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 2391 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 2392 QualType PromotedType; 2393 }; 2394 2395 } 2396 2397 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method. 2398 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 2399 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { 2400 if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor()) 2401 return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor; 2402 2403 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) 2404 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; 2405 2406 if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor()) 2407 return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor; 2408 } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) { 2409 return Sema::CXXDestructor; 2410 } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) { 2411 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; 2412 } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) { 2413 return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment; 2414 } 2415 2416 return Sema::CXXInvalid; 2417 } 2418 2419 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, implicit 2420 // declaration, or a declaration. 2421 template <typename T> 2422 static std::pair<diag::kind, SourceLocation> 2423 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2424 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2425 SourceLocation OldLocation = Old->getLocation(); 2426 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2427 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 2428 else if (Old->isImplicit()) { 2429 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 2430 if (OldLocation.isInvalid()) 2431 OldLocation = New->getLocation(); 2432 } else 2433 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 2434 return std::make_pair(PrevDiag, OldLocation); 2435 } 2436 2437 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 2438 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 2439 /// GNU89 mode. 2440 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 2441 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 2442 return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) && 2443 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 2444 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 2445 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 2446 } 2447 2448 const AttributedType *Sema::getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const { 2449 const AttributedType *AT = T->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2450 while (AT && !AT->isCallingConv()) 2451 AT = AT->getModifiedType()->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2452 return AT; 2453 } 2454 2455 template <typename T> 2456 static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2457 const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext(); 2458 if (DC->isRecord()) 2459 return false; 2460 2461 LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage(); 2462 if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext()) 2463 return true; 2464 if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext()) 2465 return true; 2466 return false; 2467 } 2468 2469 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 2470 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 2471 /// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 2472 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2473 /// 2474 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 2475 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 2476 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 2477 /// merged with. 2478 /// 2479 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 2480 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&OldD, 2481 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 2482 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 2483 FunctionDecl *Old = OldD->getAsFunction(); 2484 if (!Old) { 2485 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 2486 if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) { 2487 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend); 2488 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 2489 diag::note_using_decl_target); 2490 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 2491 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2492 return true; 2493 } 2494 2495 // C++11 [namespace.udecl]p14: 2496 // If a function declaration in namespace scope or block scope has the 2497 // same name and the same parameter-type-list as a function introduced 2498 // by a using-declaration, and the declarations do not declare the same 2499 // function, the program is ill-formed. 2500 2501 // Check whether the two declarations might declare the same function. 2502 Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Shadow->getTargetDecl()); 2503 if (Old && 2504 !Old->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 2505 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 2506 !(Old->isExternC() && New->isExternC())) 2507 Old = nullptr; 2508 2509 if (!Old) { 2510 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 2511 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 2512 diag::note_using_decl_target); 2513 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2514 return true; 2515 } 2516 OldD = Old; 2517 } else { 2518 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2519 << New->getDeclName(); 2520 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2521 return true; 2522 } 2523 } 2524 2525 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 2526 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2527 return true; 2528 2529 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2530 SourceLocation OldLocation; 2531 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 2532 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 2533 2534 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 2535 // is an extern inline function. 2536 // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have 2537 // storage classes. 2538 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 2539 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 2540 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() && 2541 !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() && 2542 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) { 2543 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 2544 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) << New; 2545 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2546 } else { 2547 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New; 2548 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2549 return true; 2550 } 2551 } 2552 2553 2554 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is later 2555 // declared or defined without one, all following decls assume the calling 2556 // convention of the first. 2557 // 2558 // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention, 2559 // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention. 2560 // 2561 // To test if either decl has an explicit calling convention, we look for 2562 // AttributedType sugar nodes on the type as written. If they are missing or 2563 // were canonicalized away, we assume the calling convention was implicit. 2564 // 2565 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 2566 // other tests to run. 2567 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 2568 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2569 const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 2570 const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 2571 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 2572 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 2573 bool RequiresAdjustment = false; 2574 2575 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) { 2576 FunctionDecl *First = Old->getFirstDecl(); 2577 const FunctionType *FT = 2578 First->getType().getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 2579 FunctionType::ExtInfo FI = FT->getExtInfo(); 2580 bool NewCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(New->getType()); 2581 if (!NewCCExplicit) { 2582 // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified 2583 // there but not here. 2584 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 2585 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2586 } else { 2587 // Calling conventions aren't compatible, so complain. 2588 bool FirstCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(First->getType()); 2589 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 2590 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 2591 << !FirstCCExplicit 2592 << (!FirstCCExplicit ? "" : 2593 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(FI.getCC())); 2594 2595 // Put the note on the first decl, since it is the one that matters. 2596 Diag(First->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2597 return true; 2598 } 2599 } 2600 2601 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 2602 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2603 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true); 2604 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2605 } 2606 2607 // Merge regparm attribute. 2608 if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() || 2609 OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 2610 if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) { 2611 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 2612 << NewType->getRegParmType() 2613 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 2614 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 2615 return true; 2616 } 2617 2618 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm()); 2619 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2620 } 2621 2622 // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute. 2623 if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2624 if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2625 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch); 2626 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 2627 return true; 2628 } 2629 2630 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true); 2631 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2632 } 2633 2634 if (RequiresAdjustment) { 2635 const FunctionType *AdjustedType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2636 AdjustedType = Context.adjustFunctionType(AdjustedType, NewTypeInfo); 2637 New->setType(QualType(AdjustedType, 0)); 2638 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2639 NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 2640 } 2641 2642 // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to 2643 // UndefinedButUsed. 2644 if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() && 2645 !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2646 (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !getLangOpts().GNUInline) && 2647 Old->isUsed(false) && 2648 !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2649 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(), 2650 SourceLocation())); 2651 2652 // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn 2653 // about it. 2654 if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2655 Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) { 2656 UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl()); 2657 } 2658 2659 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2660 // (C++98 13.1p2): 2661 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 2662 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type 2663 // cannot be overloaded. 2664 2665 // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types, 2666 // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p13: 2667 // Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template 2668 // with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also 2669 // use that placeholder, not a deduced type. 2670 QualType OldDeclaredReturnType = 2671 (Old->getTypeSourceInfo() 2672 ? Old->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 2673 : OldType)->getReturnType(); 2674 QualType NewDeclaredReturnType = 2675 (New->getTypeSourceInfo() 2676 ? New->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 2677 : NewType)->getReturnType(); 2678 QualType ResQT; 2679 if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType) && 2680 !((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) && 2681 New->isLocalExternDecl())) { 2682 if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 2683 OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 2684 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 2685 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 2686 if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine()) 2687 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) 2688 << New << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2689 else 2690 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type) 2691 << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2692 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType() 2693 << Old->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2694 return true; 2695 } 2696 else 2697 NewQType = ResQT; 2698 } 2699 2700 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType(); 2701 QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getReturnType(); 2702 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 2703 // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been 2704 // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration. 2705 AutoType *OldAT = Old->getReturnType()->getContainedAutoType(); 2706 if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) { 2707 New->setType( 2708 SubstAutoType(New->getType(), 2709 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 2710 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 2711 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType( 2712 SubstAutoType(NewQType, 2713 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 2714 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 2715 } 2716 } 2717 2718 const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 2719 CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 2720 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 2721 // Preserve triviality. 2722 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 2723 2724 // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope: 2725 // 2 CXXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected. 2726 // We don't want a redeclaration error. 2727 bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = 2728 OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 2729 NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization(); 2730 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 2731 2732 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 2733 !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 2734 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 2735 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 2736 // is a static member function declaration. 2737 if (OldMethod->isStatic() != NewMethod->isStatic()) { 2738 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 2739 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2740 return true; 2741 } 2742 2743 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 2744 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 2745 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 2746 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 2747 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 2748 unsigned NewDiag; 2749 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 2750 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 2751 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 2752 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 2753 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 2754 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 2755 else 2756 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 2757 2758 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 2759 } else { 2760 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation) 2761 << New << New->getType(); 2762 } 2763 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2764 return true; 2765 2766 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 2767 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 2768 // 2769 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 2770 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 2771 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 2772 if (isFriend) { 2773 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 2774 } else { 2775 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2776 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 2777 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2778 return true; 2779 } 2780 } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) { 2781 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2782 diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member) 2783 << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2784 return true; 2785 } 2786 } 2787 2788 // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1: 2789 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn 2790 // attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn 2791 // attribute. 2792 const CXX11NoReturnAttr *NRA = New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>(); 2793 if (NRA && !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) { 2794 Diag(NRA->getLocation(), diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl); 2795 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 2796 diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl); 2797 } 2798 2799 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2800 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2801 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2802 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2803 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 2804 if (CDA && !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2805 Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 2806 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 2807 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 2808 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 2809 } 2810 2811 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 2812 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 2813 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 2814 // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn. 2815 2816 // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it. 2817 QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType; 2818 if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2819 assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0)); 2820 const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison 2821 = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true)); 2822 OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0); 2823 assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical()); 2824 } 2825 2826 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 2827 // As a special case, retain the language linkage from previous 2828 // declarations of a friend function as an extension. 2829 // 2830 // This liberal interpretation of C++ [class.friend]p3 matches GCC/MSVC 2831 // and is useful because there's otherwise no way to specify language 2832 // linkage within class scope. 2833 // 2834 // Check cautiously as the friend object kind isn't yet complete. 2835 if (New->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) { 2836 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_retained_language_linkage) << New; 2837 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2838 } else { 2839 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 2840 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2841 return true; 2842 } 2843 } 2844 2845 if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType) 2846 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 2847 2848 if ((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) && 2849 New->isLocalExternDecl()) { 2850 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types for a local function declaraton 2851 // if either the old or new type is dependent. We'll merge the types 2852 // when we instantiate the function. 2853 return false; 2854 } 2855 2856 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 2857 } 2858 2859 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 2860 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 2861 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2862 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 2863 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2864 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2865 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = nullptr; 2866 if (MergeTypeWithOld && isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 2867 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 2868 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 2869 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 2870 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 2871 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->param_types()); 2872 NewQType = 2873 Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getReturnType(), ParamTypes, 2874 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()); 2875 New->setType(NewQType); 2876 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 2877 2878 // Synthesize parameters with the same types. 2879 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 2880 for (const auto &ParamType : OldProto->param_types()) { 2881 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 2882 SourceLocation(), nullptr, 2883 ParamType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 2884 SC_None, nullptr); 2885 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 2886 Param->setImplicit(); 2887 Params.push_back(Param); 2888 } 2889 2890 New->setParams(Params); 2891 } 2892 2893 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 2894 } 2895 2896 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 2897 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 2898 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 2899 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 2900 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 2901 // the prototype. 2902 // 2903 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 2904 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 2905 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 2906 // C99 6.9.1p8. 2907 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2908 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 2909 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 2910 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 2911 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 2912 SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 2913 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 2914 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 2915 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 2916 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 2917 2918 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 2919 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getReturnType(), 2920 NewProto->getReturnType()); 2921 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 2922 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 2923 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 2924 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 2925 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 2926 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 2927 NewProto->getParamType(Idx))) { 2928 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 2929 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 2930 NewParm->getType(), 2931 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 2932 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn = { OldParm, NewParm, 2933 NewProto->getParamType(Idx) }; 2934 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 2935 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 2936 } else 2937 LooseCompatible = false; 2938 } 2939 2940 if (LooseCompatible) { 2941 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 2942 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 2943 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 2944 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 2945 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 2946 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 2947 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 2948 diag::note_previous_declaration); 2949 } 2950 2951 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 2952 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes, 2953 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo())); 2954 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 2955 } 2956 2957 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 2958 } 2959 2960 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or 2961 // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic. 2962 2963 // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin 2964 // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note. 2965 unsigned BuiltinID; 2966 if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) { 2967 // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc' 2968 // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration. 2969 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 2970 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 2971 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 2972 << Old << Old->getType(); 2973 2974 // If this is a global redeclaration, just forget hereafter 2975 // about the "builtin-ness" of the function. 2976 // 2977 // Doing this for local extern declarations is problematic. If 2978 // the builtin declaration remains visible, a second invalid 2979 // local declaration will produce a hard error; if it doesn't 2980 // remain visible, a single bogus local redeclaration (which is 2981 // actually only a warning) could break all the downstream code. 2982 if (!New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 2983 New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin); 2984 2985 return false; 2986 } 2987 2988 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 2989 } 2990 2991 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 2992 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2993 return true; 2994 } 2995 2996 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 2997 /// known to be compatible. 2998 /// 2999 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 3000 /// properties of function declarations from the old declaration to 3001 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 3002 /// redeclaration of Old. 3003 /// 3004 /// \returns false 3005 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 3006 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 3007 // Merge the attributes 3008 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 3009 3010 // Merge "pure" flag. 3011 if (Old->isPure()) 3012 New->setPure(); 3013 3014 // Merge "used" flag. 3015 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 3016 New->setIsUsed(); 3017 3018 // Merge attributes from the parameters. These can mismatch with K&R 3019 // declarations. 3020 if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams()) 3021 for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) 3022 mergeParamDeclAttributes(New->getParamDecl(i), Old->getParamDecl(i), 3023 *this); 3024 3025 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3026 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S); 3027 3028 // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return 3029 // and argument types. Per C11 6.2.7/4, only update the type if the old decl 3030 // was visible. 3031 QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType()); 3032 if (!Merged.isNull() && MergeTypeWithOld) 3033 New->setType(Merged); 3034 3035 return false; 3036 } 3037 3038 3039 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod, 3040 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) { 3041 3042 // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable 3043 AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind = 3044 isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration 3045 : AMK_Override; 3046 mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind); 3047 3048 // Merge attributes from the parameters. 3049 ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(), 3050 oe = oldMethod->param_end(); 3051 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator 3052 ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end(); 3053 ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi) 3054 mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this); 3055 3056 CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod); 3057 } 3058 3059 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and 3060 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to merge their types, 3061 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3062 /// 3063 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back 3064 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer 3065 /// is attached. 3066 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, 3067 bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 3068 if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl()) 3069 return; 3070 3071 QualType MergedT; 3072 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3073 if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 3074 // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached. 3075 return; 3076 } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) { 3077 // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked. 3078 return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old); 3079 } 3080 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 3081 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 3082 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 3083 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 3084 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 3085 else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() && 3086 New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 3087 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 3088 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 3089 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 3090 NewArray->getElementType())) 3091 MergedT = New->getType(); 3092 } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && 3093 New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 3094 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 3095 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 3096 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 3097 NewArray->getElementType())) 3098 MergedT = Old->getType(); 3099 } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 3100 Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 3101 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), 3102 Old->getType()); 3103 } 3104 } else { 3105 // C 6.2.7p2: 3106 // All declarations that refer to the same object or function shall have 3107 // compatible type. 3108 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 3109 } 3110 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 3111 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types if either type is dependent, for a 3112 // block-scope variable. In other cases (static data members of class 3113 // templates, variable templates, ...), we require the types to be 3114 // equivalent. 3115 // FIXME: The C++ standard doesn't say anything about this. 3116 if ((New->getType()->isDependentType() || 3117 Old->getType()->isDependentType()) && New->isLocalVarDecl()) { 3118 // If the old type was dependent, we can't merge with it, so the new type 3119 // becomes dependent for now. We'll reproduce the original type when we 3120 // instantiate the TypeSourceInfo for the variable. 3121 if (!New->getType()->isDependentType() && MergeTypeWithOld) 3122 New->setType(Context.DependentTy); 3123 return; 3124 } 3125 3126 // FIXME: Even if this merging succeeds, some other non-visible declaration 3127 // of this variable might have an incompatible type. For instance: 3128 // 3129 // extern int arr[]; 3130 // void f() { extern int arr[2]; } 3131 // void g() { extern int arr[3]; } 3132 // 3133 // Neither C nor C++ requires a diagnostic for this, but we should still try 3134 // to diagnose it. 3135 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type) 3136 << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType(); 3137 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3138 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3139 } 3140 3141 // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old 3142 // declaration was an extern declaration in a different scope. 3143 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 3144 New->setType(MergedT); 3145 } 3146 3147 static bool mergeTypeWithPrevious(Sema &S, VarDecl *NewVD, VarDecl *OldVD, 3148 LookupResult &Previous) { 3149 // C11 6.2.7p4: 3150 // For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared 3151 // in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is 3152 // visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or 3153 // external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later 3154 // declaration becomes the composite type. 3155 // 3156 // If the variable isn't visible, we do not merge with its type. 3157 if (Previous.isShadowed()) 3158 return false; 3159 3160 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3161 // C++11 [dcl.array]p3: 3162 // If there is a preceding declaration of the entity in the same 3163 // scope in which the bound was specified, an omitted array bound 3164 // is taken to be the same as in that earlier declaration. 3165 return NewVD->isPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope() || 3166 (!OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && 3167 !NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()); 3168 } else { 3169 // If the old declaration was function-local, don't merge with its 3170 // type unless we're in the same function. 3171 return !OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() || 3172 OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext() == NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext(); 3173 } 3174 } 3175 3176 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 3177 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 3178 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3179 /// 3180 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 3181 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 3182 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 3183 /// 3184 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) { 3185 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 3186 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3187 return; 3188 3189 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedVarTemplate(); 3190 3191 // Verify the old decl was also a variable or variable template. 3192 VarDecl *Old = nullptr; 3193 VarTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = nullptr; 3194 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) { 3195 if (NewTemplate) { 3196 OldTemplate = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3197 Old = OldTemplate ? OldTemplate->getTemplatedDecl() : nullptr; 3198 } else 3199 Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3200 } 3201 if (!Old) { 3202 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 3203 << New->getDeclName(); 3204 Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), 3205 diag::note_previous_definition); 3206 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3207 } 3208 3209 if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Old, New)) 3210 return; 3211 3212 // Ensure the template parameters are compatible. 3213 if (NewTemplate && 3214 !TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3215 OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3216 /*Complain=*/true, TPL_TemplateMatch)) 3217 return; 3218 3219 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 3220 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 3221 // 3222 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 3223 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 3224 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 3225 << New->getIdentifier(); 3226 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3227 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3228 } 3229 3230 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 3231 // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent 3232 // declaration 3233 if (New->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>() && 3234 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None && 3235 !Old->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) { 3236 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName(); 3237 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3238 // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration. 3239 New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>(); 3240 } 3241 3242 // Merge the types. 3243 VarDecl *MostRecent = Old->getMostRecentDecl(); 3244 if (MostRecent != Old) { 3245 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, MostRecent, 3246 mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, MostRecent, Previous)); 3247 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3248 return; 3249 } 3250 3251 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, Old, Previous)); 3252 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3253 return; 3254 3255 diag::kind PrevDiag; 3256 SourceLocation OldLocation; 3257 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 3258 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 3259 3260 // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static. 3261 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 3262 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3263 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) { 3264 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 3265 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) 3266 << New->getDeclName(); 3267 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3268 } else { 3269 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) 3270 << New->getDeclName(); 3271 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3272 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3273 } 3274 } 3275 // C99 6.2.2p4: 3276 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 3277 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 3278 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 3279 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 3280 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 3281 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 3282 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 3283 // identifier has external linkage. 3284 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 3285 /* Okay */; 3286 else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 3287 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3288 Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 3289 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 3290 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3291 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3292 } 3293 3294 // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa. 3295 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 3296 !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDeclOrParm()) { 3297 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3298 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3299 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3300 } 3301 if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDeclOrParm() && 3302 !New->hasExternalStorage()) { 3303 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3304 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3305 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3306 } 3307 3308 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 3309 3310 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 3311 // need to check for mismatches. 3312 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 3313 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 3314 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 3315 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 3316 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 3317 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3318 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3319 } 3320 3321 if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) { 3322 if (!Old->getTLSKind()) { 3323 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3324 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3325 } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) { 3326 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3327 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3328 } else { 3329 // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring 3330 // static and dynamic initialization. 3331 // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first 3332 // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here? 3333 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind) 3334 << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic); 3335 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3336 } 3337 } 3338 3339 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 3340 const VarDecl *Def; 3341 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3342 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition && 3343 (Def = Old->getDefinition())) { 3344 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New; 3345 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3346 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3347 return; 3348 } 3349 3350 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 3351 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 3352 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3353 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3354 return; 3355 } 3356 3357 // Merge "used" flag. 3358 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 3359 New->setIsUsed(); 3360 3361 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 3362 New->setPreviousDecl(Old); 3363 if (NewTemplate) 3364 NewTemplate->setPreviousDecl(OldTemplate); 3365 3366 // Inherit access appropriately. 3367 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 3368 if (NewTemplate) 3369 NewTemplate->setAccess(New->getAccess()); 3370 } 3371 3372 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3373 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 3374 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3375 DeclSpec &DS) { 3376 return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 3377 } 3378 3379 static void HandleTagNumbering(Sema &S, const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope) { 3380 if (!S.Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3381 return; 3382 3383 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent())) { 3384 // If this tag is the direct child of a class, number it if 3385 // it is anonymous. 3386 if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) 3387 return; 3388 MangleNumberingContext &MCtx = 3389 S.Context.getManglingNumberContext(Tag->getParent()); 3390 S.Context.setManglingNumber( 3391 Tag, MCtx.getManglingNumber(Tag, TagScope->getMSLocalManglingNumber())); 3392 return; 3393 } 3394 3395 // If this tag isn't a direct child of a class, number it if it is local. 3396 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 3397 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = 3398 S.getCurrentMangleNumberContext(Tag->getDeclContext(), 3399 ManglingContextDecl)) { 3400 S.Context.setManglingNumber( 3401 Tag, 3402 MCtx->getManglingNumber(Tag, TagScope->getMSLocalManglingNumber())); 3403 } 3404 } 3405 3406 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3407 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template 3408 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations. 3409 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3410 DeclSpec &DS, 3411 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 3412 bool IsExplicitInstantiation) { 3413 Decl *TagD = nullptr; 3414 TagDecl *Tag = nullptr; 3415 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 3416 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 3417 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 3418 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 3419 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 3420 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 3421 3422 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 3423 return nullptr; 3424 3425 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 3426 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 3427 // it's a Type. 3428 if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD)) 3429 Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 3430 else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD)) 3431 Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 3432 } 3433 3434 if (Tag) { 3435 HandleTagNumbering(*this, Tag, S); 3436 Tag->setFreeStanding(); 3437 if (Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 3438 return Tag; 3439 } 3440 3441 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3442 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 3443 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 3444 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 3445 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 3446 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 3447 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3448 } 3449 3450 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) { 3451 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations 3452 // and definitions of functions and variables. 3453 if (Tag) 3454 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag) 3455 << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 3456 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 3457 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 : 3458 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4); 3459 else 3460 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators); 3461 // Don't emit warnings after this error. 3462 return TagD; 3463 } 3464 3465 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 3466 3467 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 3468 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that 3469 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. 3470 if (TagD && !Tag) 3471 return nullptr; 3472 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams); 3473 } 3474 3475 CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope(); 3476 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = 3477 !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0; 3478 if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() && 3479 !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization) { 3480 // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a 3481 // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation 3482 // or an explicit specialization. 3483 // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either. 3484 Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier) 3485 << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 3486 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 3487 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 : 3488 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4) 3489 << SS.getRange(); 3490 return nullptr; 3491 } 3492 3493 // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything. 3494 bool DeclaresAnything = true; 3495 3496 // Handle anonymous struct definitions. 3497 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 3498 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() && 3499 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 3500 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 3501 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 3502 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 3503 3504 DeclaresAnything = false; 3505 } 3506 } 3507 3508 // C11 6.7.2.1p2: 3509 // A struct-declaration that does not declare an anonymous structure or 3510 // anonymous union shall contain a struct-declarator-list. 3511 // 3512 // This rule also existed in C89 and C99; the grammar for struct-declaration 3513 // did not permit a struct-declaration without a struct-declarator-list. 3514 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && CurContext->isRecord() && 3515 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 3516 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct/union member. 3517 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct/union: 3518 // struct STRUCT; 3519 // union UNION; 3520 // and 3521 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. 3522 // UNION_TYPE; <- where UNION_TYPE is a typedef union. 3523 if ((Tag && Tag->getDeclName()) || 3524 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename) { 3525 RecordDecl *Record = nullptr; 3526 if (Tag) 3527 Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag); 3528 else if (const RecordType *RT = 3529 DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()) 3530 Record = RT->getDecl(); 3531 else if (const RecordType *UT = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsUnionType()) 3532 Record = UT->getDecl(); 3533 3534 if (Record && getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 3535 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_record) 3536 << Record->isUnion() << DS.getSourceRange(); 3537 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); 3538 } 3539 3540 DeclaresAnything = false; 3541 } 3542 } 3543 3544 // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error. 3545 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error || 3546 (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl())) 3547 return TagD; 3548 3549 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3550 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3551 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 3552 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 3553 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) 3554 DeclaresAnything = false; 3555 3556 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) { 3557 // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name. 3558 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3559 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 3560 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3561 else 3562 DeclaresAnything = false; 3563 } 3564 3565 if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() && 3566 Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3567 Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class) 3568 << Tag->getTagKind() 3569 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 3570 3571 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 3572 3573 // C 6.7/2: 3574 // A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag, 3575 // or the members of an enumeration. 3576 // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3: 3577 // [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an 3578 // unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more 3579 // names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a 3580 // previous declaration. 3581 if (!DeclaresAnything) { 3582 // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother 3583 // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this. 3584 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange(); 3585 return TagD; 3586 } 3587 3588 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 3589 // If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the 3590 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 3591 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1: 3592 // If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the 3593 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 3594 // 3595 // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C. 3596 unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier; 3597 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3598 DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier; 3599 3600 // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but 3601 // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically 3602 // useless. 3603 if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) { 3604 if (SCS == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) 3605 // Since mutable is not a viable storage class specifier in C, there is 3606 // no reason to treat it as an extension. Instead, diagnose as an error. 3607 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 3608 else if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3609 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 3610 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS); 3611 } 3612 3613 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 3614 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 3615 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 3616 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3617 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 3618 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const"; 3619 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 3620 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile"; 3621 // Restrict is covered above. 3622 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 3623 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic"; 3624 } 3625 3626 // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example: 3627 // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A; 3628 // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration. 3629 if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) { 3630 DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType(); 3631 if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class || 3632 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 3633 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 3634 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union || 3635 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 3636 AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList(); 3637 while (attrs) { 3638 Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored) 3639 << attrs->getName() 3640 << (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 3641 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 3642 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 2 : 3643 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 3 : 4); 3644 attrs = attrs->getNext(); 3645 } 3646 } 3647 } 3648 3649 return TagD; 3650 } 3651 3652 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 3653 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 3654 /// 3655 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 3656 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 3657 Scope *S, 3658 DeclContext *Owner, 3659 DeclarationName Name, 3660 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3661 unsigned diagnostic) { 3662 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 3663 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 3664 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 3665 3666 if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 3667 return false; 3668 3669 // Pick a representative declaration. 3670 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 3671 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 3672 3673 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 3674 return false; 3675 3676 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name; 3677 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3678 3679 return true; 3680 } 3681 3682 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 3683 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 3684 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 3685 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 3686 /// struct, e.g., 3687 /// 3688 /// @code 3689 /// union { 3690 /// int i; 3691 /// float f; 3692 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 3693 /// // f into the surrounding scope.x 3694 /// @endcode 3695 /// 3696 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 3697 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 3698 static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, 3699 DeclContext *Owner, 3700 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, 3701 AccessSpecifier AS, 3702 SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Chaining, 3703 bool MSAnonStruct) { 3704 unsigned diagKind 3705 = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl 3706 : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl; 3707 3708 bool Invalid = false; 3709 3710 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. 3711 for (auto *D : AnonRecord->decls()) { 3712 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(D)) && 3713 cast<NamedDecl>(D)->getDeclName()) { 3714 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D); 3715 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), 3716 VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) { 3717 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3718 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 3719 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 3720 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 3721 Invalid = true; 3722 } else { 3723 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3724 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 3725 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 3726 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 3727 // anonymous union is declared. 3728 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); 3729 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) 3730 for (auto *PI : IF->chain()) 3731 Chaining.push_back(PI); 3732 else 3733 Chaining.push_back(VD); 3734 3735 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); 3736 NamedDecl **NamedChain = 3737 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; 3738 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) 3739 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; 3740 3741 IndirectFieldDecl *IndirectField = IndirectFieldDecl::Create( 3742 SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), VD->getIdentifier(), 3743 VD->getType(), NamedChain, Chaining.size()); 3744 3745 for (const auto *Attr : VD->attrs()) 3746 IndirectField->addAttr(Attr->clone(SemaRef.Context)); 3747 3748 IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 3749 IndirectField->setImplicit(); 3750 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); 3751 3752 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 3753 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 3754 3755 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); 3756 } 3757 } 3758 } 3759 3760 return Invalid; 3761 } 3762 3763 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 3764 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 3765 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 3766 static StorageClass 3767 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) { 3768 DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 3769 assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 3770 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 3771 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 3772 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 3773 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 3774 if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec()) 3775 return SC_None; 3776 return SC_Extern; 3777 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 3778 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 3779 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 3780 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 3781 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 3782 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 3783 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 3784 } 3785 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 3786 } 3787 3788 static SourceLocation findDefaultInitializer(const CXXRecordDecl *Record) { 3789 assert(Record->hasInClassInitializer()); 3790 3791 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 3792 const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(I); 3793 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 3794 FD = IFD->getAnonField(); 3795 if (FD && FD->hasInClassInitializer()) 3796 return FD->getLocation(); 3797 } 3798 3799 llvm_unreachable("couldn't find in-class initializer"); 3800 } 3801 3802 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 3803 SourceLocation DefaultInitLoc) { 3804 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 3805 return; 3806 3807 S.Diag(DefaultInitLoc, diag::err_multiple_mem_union_initialization); 3808 S.Diag(findDefaultInitializer(Parent), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0; 3809 } 3810 3811 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 3812 CXXRecordDecl *AnonUnion) { 3813 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 3814 return; 3815 3816 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(S, Parent, findDefaultInitializer(AnonUnion)); 3817 } 3818 3819 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 3820 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 3821 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures 3822 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension. 3823 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 3824 AccessSpecifier AS, 3825 RecordDecl *Record, 3826 const PrintingPolicy &Policy) { 3827 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 3828 3829 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 3830 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11) 3831 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 3832 else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3833 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct); 3834 else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11) 3835 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct); 3836 3837 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 3838 // structs/unions. 3839 bool Invalid = false; 3840 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3841 const char *PrevSpec = nullptr; 3842 unsigned DiagID; 3843 if (Record->isUnion()) { 3844 // C++ [class.union]p6: 3845 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 3846 // global namespace shall be declared static. 3847 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 3848 (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) || 3849 (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) && 3850 cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) { 3851 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static) 3852 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static "); 3853 3854 // Recover by adding 'static'. 3855 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 3856 PrevSpec, DiagID, Policy); 3857 } 3858 // C++ [class.union]p6: 3859 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 3860 // anonymous union in a class scope. 3861 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 3862 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 3863 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 3864 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec) 3865 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 3866 3867 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 3868 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, 3869 SourceLocation(), 3870 PrevSpec, DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 3871 } 3872 } 3873 3874 // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers. 3875 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3876 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 3877 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3878 << Record->isUnion() << "const" 3879 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc()); 3880 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 3881 Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(), 3882 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3883 << Record->isUnion() << "volatile" 3884 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc()); 3885 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 3886 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 3887 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3888 << Record->isUnion() << "restrict" 3889 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc()); 3890 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 3891 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), 3892 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3893 << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic" 3894 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc()); 3895 3896 DS.ClearTypeQualifiers(); 3897 } 3898 3899 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3900 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 3901 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 3902 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 3903 for (auto *Mem : Record->decls()) { 3904 if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Mem)) { 3905 // C++ [class.union]p3: 3906 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 3907 // members (clause 11). 3908 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 3909 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 3910 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 3911 << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 3912 Invalid = true; 3913 } 3914 3915 // C++ [class.union]p1 3916 // An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial 3917 // copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy 3918 // assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an 3919 // array of such objects. 3920 if (CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 3921 Invalid = true; 3922 } else if (Mem->isImplicit()) { 3923 // Any implicit members are fine. 3924 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(Mem) && Mem->getDeclContext() != Record) { 3925 // This is a type that showed up in an 3926 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 3927 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 3928 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 3929 } else if (auto *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Mem)) { 3930 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 3931 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 3932 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 3933 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 3934 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 3935 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3936 else { 3937 // This is a nested type declaration. 3938 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 3939 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3940 Invalid = true; 3941 } 3942 } else { 3943 // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type. 3944 // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but 3945 // not part of standard C++. 3946 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), 3947 diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type) 3948 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3949 } 3950 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(Mem)) { 3951 // Any access specifier is fine. 3952 } else if (isa<StaticAssertDecl>(Mem)) { 3953 // In C++1z, static_assert declarations are also fine. 3954 } else { 3955 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 3956 // member. Complain about it. 3957 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 3958 if (isa<TypeDecl>(Mem)) 3959 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 3960 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Mem)) 3961 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 3962 else if (isa<VarDecl>(Mem)) 3963 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 3964 3965 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 3966 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && 3967 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 3968 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 3969 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3970 else { 3971 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), DK) 3972 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3973 Invalid = true; 3974 } 3975 } 3976 } 3977 3978 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 3979 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 3980 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 3981 if (cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)->hasInClassInitializer() && 3982 Owner->isRecord()) 3983 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Owner), 3984 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)); 3985 } 3986 3987 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 3988 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 3989 << (int)getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 3990 Invalid = true; 3991 } 3992 3993 // Mock up a declarator. 3994 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext); 3995 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 3996 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 3997 3998 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 3999 NamedDecl *Anon = nullptr; 4000 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 4001 Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, 4002 DS.getLocStart(), 4003 Record->getLocation(), 4004 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4005 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 4006 TInfo, 4007 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 4008 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 4009 Anon->setAccess(AS); 4010 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4011 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 4012 } else { 4013 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 4014 StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS); 4015 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 4016 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 4017 // an error here 4018 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 4019 Invalid = true; 4020 SC = SC_None; 4021 } 4022 4023 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, 4024 DS.getLocStart(), 4025 Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4026 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 4027 TInfo, SC); 4028 4029 // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be 4030 // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class 4031 // initializer: 4032 // union { int n = 0; }; 4033 ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false); 4034 } 4035 Anon->setImplicit(); 4036 4037 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. 4038 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 4039 4040 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 4041 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 4042 // its members. 4043 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 4044 4045 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 4046 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 4047 // purposes. 4048 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 4049 Chain.push_back(Anon); 4050 4051 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, 4052 Chain, false)) 4053 Invalid = true; 4054 4055 if (VarDecl *NewVD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Anon)) { 4056 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 4057 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 4058 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = 4059 getCurrentMangleNumberContext(NewVD->getDeclContext(), 4060 ManglingContextDecl)) { 4061 Context.setManglingNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber(NewVD, S->getMSLocalManglingNumber())); 4062 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 4063 } 4064 } 4065 } 4066 4067 if (Invalid) 4068 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 4069 4070 return Anon; 4071 } 4072 4073 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an 4074 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure. 4075 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx 4076 /// Example: 4077 /// 4078 /// struct A { int a; }; 4079 /// struct B { struct A; int b; }; 4080 /// 4081 /// void foo() { 4082 /// B var; 4083 /// var.a = 3; 4084 /// } 4085 /// 4086 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 4087 RecordDecl *Record) { 4088 assert(Record && "expected a record!"); 4089 4090 // Mock up a declarator. 4091 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 4092 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 4093 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct"); 4094 4095 auto *ParentDecl = cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext); 4096 QualType RecTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 4097 4098 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. 4099 NamedDecl *Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, 4100 ParentDecl, 4101 DS.getLocStart(), 4102 DS.getLocStart(), 4103 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4104 RecTy, 4105 TInfo, 4106 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 4107 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 4108 Anon->setImplicit(); 4109 4110 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. 4111 CurContext->addDecl(Anon); 4112 4113 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current 4114 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 4115 // purposes. 4116 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 4117 Chain.push_back(Anon); 4118 4119 RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition(); 4120 if (RequireCompleteType(Anon->getLocation(), RecTy, 4121 diag::err_field_incomplete) || 4122 InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, RecordDef, 4123 AS_none, Chain, true)) { 4124 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 4125 ParentDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4126 } 4127 4128 return Anon; 4129 } 4130 4131 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 4132 /// given Declarator. 4133 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 4134 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 4135 } 4136 4137 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 4138 DeclarationNameInfo 4139 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 4140 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 4141 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4142 4143 switch (Name.getKind()) { 4144 4145 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam: 4146 case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier: 4147 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 4148 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4149 return NameInfo; 4150 4151 case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 4152 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 4153 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 4154 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4155 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc 4156 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; 4157 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc 4158 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); 4159 return NameInfo; 4160 4161 case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 4162 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 4163 Name.Identifier)); 4164 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4165 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 4166 return NameInfo; 4167 4168 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 4169 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4170 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 4171 if (Ty.isNull()) 4172 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4173 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 4174 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4175 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4176 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4177 return NameInfo; 4178 } 4179 4180 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: { 4181 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4182 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 4183 if (Ty.isNull()) 4184 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4185 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 4186 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4187 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4188 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4189 return NameInfo; 4190 } 4191 4192 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 4193 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 4194 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 4195 // to find the actual type being constructed. 4196 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 4197 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 4198 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4199 4200 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 4201 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 4202 4203 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 4204 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 4205 // was qualified. 4206 4207 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 4208 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 4209 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4210 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 4211 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(nullptr); 4212 return NameInfo; 4213 } 4214 4215 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: { 4216 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4217 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 4218 if (Ty.isNull()) 4219 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4220 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 4221 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4222 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4223 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4224 return NameInfo; 4225 } 4226 4227 case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: { 4228 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 4229 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 4230 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 4231 } 4232 4233 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 4234 4235 llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind"); 4236 } 4237 4238 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) { 4239 do { 4240 if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType()) 4241 Ty = Ty->getPointeeType(); 4242 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) 4243 Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType(); 4244 else 4245 return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers(); 4246 } while (true); 4247 } 4248 4249 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration 4250 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is 4251 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function 4252 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace. 4253 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ 4254 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters 4255 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match. 4256 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context, 4257 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 4258 FunctionDecl *Definition, 4259 SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) { 4260 Params.clear(); 4261 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 4262 return false; 4263 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 4264 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 4265 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 4266 4267 // The parameter types are identical 4268 if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy)) 4269 continue; 4270 4271 QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy); 4272 QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy); 4273 const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 4274 const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 4275 4276 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) || 4277 (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName)) 4278 Params.push_back(Idx); 4279 else // The two parameters aren't even close 4280 return false; 4281 } 4282 4283 return true; 4284 } 4285 4286 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 4287 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 4288 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 4289 /// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 4290 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 4291 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 4292 DeclarationName Name) { 4293 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 4294 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 4295 // - types which will become injected class names 4296 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 4297 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 4298 // few cases here. 4299 4300 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 4301 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 4302 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 4303 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 4304 case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType: 4305 case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: { 4306 // Grab the type from the parser. 4307 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = nullptr; 4308 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 4309 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; 4310 4311 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 4312 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 4313 // attached already. 4314 if (!TSI) 4315 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 4316 4317 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 4318 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 4319 if (!TSI) return true; 4320 4321 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 4322 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 4323 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 4324 break; 4325 } 4326 4327 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: 4328 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 4329 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 4330 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 4331 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 4332 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 4333 break; 4334 } 4335 4336 default: 4337 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 4338 break; 4339 } 4340 4341 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 4342 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 4343 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 4344 4345 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 4346 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 4347 // pointer. 4348 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 4349 continue; 4350 4351 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 4352 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 4353 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 4354 return true; 4355 } 4356 4357 return false; 4358 } 4359 4360 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 4361 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration); 4362 Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 4363 4364 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() && 4365 Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 4366 Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 4367 4368 return Dcl; 4369 } 4370 4371 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13: 4372 /// If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 4373 /// name different from T: 4374 /// - every static data member of class T; 4375 /// - every member function of class T 4376 /// - every member of class T that is itself a type; 4377 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules. 4378 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, 4379 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) { 4380 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4381 4382 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 4383 if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { 4384 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name; 4385 return true; 4386 } 4387 4388 return false; 4389 } 4390 4391 /// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given 4392 /// nested-name-specifier. 4393 /// 4394 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 4395 /// 4396 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier 4397 /// resolves. 4398 /// 4399 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared. 4400 /// 4401 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared. 4402 /// 4403 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise. 4404 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 4405 DeclarationName Name, 4406 SourceLocation Loc) { 4407 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 4408 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur) || isa<CapturedDecl>(Cur)) 4409 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 4410 4411 // If the user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the 4412 // class in which the entity is already declared, diagnose and ignore it. 4413 // 4414 // class X { 4415 // void X::f(); 4416 // }; 4417 // 4418 // Note, it was once ill-formed to give redundant qualification in all 4419 // contexts, but that rule was removed by DR482. 4420 if (Cur->Equals(DC)) { 4421 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 4422 Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt ? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification 4423 : diag::err_member_extra_qualification) 4424 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange()); 4425 SS.clear(); 4426 } else { 4427 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_namespace_member_extra_qualification) << Name; 4428 } 4429 return false; 4430 } 4431 4432 // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original 4433 // declaration. 4434 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) { 4435 if (Cur->isRecord()) 4436 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 4437 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4438 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 4439 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 4440 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4441 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 4442 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) 4443 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4444 else if (isa<BlockDecl>(Cur)) 4445 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_block) 4446 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4447 else 4448 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 4449 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange(); 4450 4451 return true; 4452 } 4453 4454 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 4455 // Cannot qualify members within a class. 4456 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 4457 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4458 SS.clear(); 4459 4460 // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break 4461 // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If 4462 // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely. 4463 if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName || 4464 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) && 4465 !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(), 4466 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur)))) 4467 return true; 4468 4469 return false; 4470 } 4471 4472 // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1: 4473 // [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall 4474 // not begin with a decltype-specifer" 4475 NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data()); 4476 while (SpecLoc.getPrefix()) 4477 SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix(); 4478 if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>( 4479 SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType())) 4480 Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator) 4481 << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 4482 4483 return false; 4484 } 4485 4486 NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4487 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 4488 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 4489 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 4490 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4491 4492 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 4493 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 4494 if (!Name) { 4495 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 4496 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 4497 diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 4498 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 4499 return nullptr; 4500 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType)) 4501 return nullptr; 4502 4503 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 4504 // we find one that is. 4505 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 4506 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 4507 S = S->getParent(); 4508 4509 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 4510 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 4511 D.setInvalidType(); 4512 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4513 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 4514 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier)) 4515 return nullptr; 4516 4517 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 4518 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 4519 if (!DC || isa<EnumDecl>(DC)) { 4520 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 4521 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 4522 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 4523 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 4524 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4525 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 4526 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 4527 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4528 return nullptr; 4529 } 4530 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 4531 4532 if (!IsDependentContext && 4533 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 4534 return nullptr; 4535 4536 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 4537 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4538 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 4539 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4540 D.setInvalidType(); 4541 } else if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 4542 if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC, 4543 Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) { 4544 if (DC->isRecord()) 4545 return nullptr; 4546 4547 D.setInvalidType(); 4548 } 4549 } 4550 4551 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 4552 // declaration in the current instantiation. 4553 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 4554 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 4555 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 4556 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 4557 D.setInvalidType(); 4558 } 4559 } 4560 4561 if (DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo)) 4562 // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics. 4563 // Just return early; it's safer. 4564 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4565 return nullptr; 4566 4567 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 4568 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 4569 4570 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 4571 UPPC_DeclarationType)) 4572 D.setInvalidType(); 4573 4574 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 4575 ForRedeclaration); 4576 4577 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 4578 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4579 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 4580 bool CreateBuiltins = false; 4581 4582 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 4583 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 4584 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 4585 // 4586 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be declared with 4587 // external linkage in the translation unit, create any builtin with 4588 // the same name. 4589 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4590 /* Do nothing*/; 4591 else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && 4592 (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern || 4593 R->isFunctionType())) { 4594 IsLinkageLookup = true; 4595 CreateBuiltins = 4596 CurContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext()->isTranslationUnit(); 4597 } else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 4598 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 4599 CreateBuiltins = true; 4600 4601 if (IsLinkageLookup) 4602 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 4603 4604 LookupName(Previous, S, CreateBuiltins); 4605 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 4606 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 4607 4608 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 4609 // When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a 4610 // previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the 4611 // qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the 4612 // inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization 4613 // thereof; [...] 4614 // 4615 // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have 4616 // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration 4617 // we want to match. For example, given: 4618 // 4619 // class X { 4620 // void f(); 4621 // void f(float); 4622 // }; 4623 // 4624 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 4625 // 4626 // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set 4627 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 4628 // matches. 4629 4630 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 4631 // [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a 4632 // using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by 4633 // the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 4634 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 4635 } 4636 4637 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 4638 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 4639 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 4640 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 4641 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4642 Previous.getFoundDecl()); 4643 4644 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 4645 Previous.clear(); 4646 } 4647 4648 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 4649 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 4650 // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a 4651 // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4). 4652 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 4653 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4654 Previous.clear(); 4655 4656 // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters 4657 // of a function declaration (C++ only). 4658 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4659 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 4660 4661 NamedDecl *New; 4662 4663 bool AddToScope = true; 4664 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 4665 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 4666 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 4667 return nullptr; 4668 } 4669 4670 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous); 4671 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 4672 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 4673 TemplateParamLists, 4674 AddToScope); 4675 } else { 4676 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, TemplateParamLists, 4677 AddToScope); 4678 } 4679 4680 if (!New) 4681 return nullptr; 4682 4683 // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or 4684 // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack. 4685 if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope && 4686 !(D.isRedeclaration() && New->isInvalidDecl())) { 4687 // Only make a locally-scoped extern declaration visible if it is the first 4688 // declaration of this entity. Qualified lookup for such an entity should 4689 // only find this declaration if there is no visible declaration of it. 4690 bool AddToContext = !D.isRedeclaration() || !New->isLocalExternDecl(); 4691 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, AddToContext); 4692 if (!AddToContext) 4693 CurContext->addHiddenDecl(New); 4694 } 4695 4696 return New; 4697 } 4698 4699 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 4700 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 4701 /// GCC compatibility). 4702 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 4703 ASTContext &Context, 4704 bool &SizeIsNegative, 4705 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 4706 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 4707 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 4708 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 4709 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 4710 SizeIsNegative = false; 4711 Oversized = 0; 4712 4713 if (T->isDependentType()) 4714 return QualType(); 4715 4716 QualifierCollector Qs; 4717 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 4718 4719 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 4720 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 4721 QualType FixedType = 4722 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 4723 Oversized); 4724 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 4725 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 4726 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 4727 } 4728 if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { 4729 QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType(); 4730 QualType FixedType = 4731 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative, 4732 Oversized); 4733 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 4734 FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType); 4735 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 4736 } 4737 4738 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 4739 if (!VLATy) 4740 return QualType(); 4741 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case 4742 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 4743 return QualType(); 4744 4745 llvm::APSInt Res; 4746 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 4747 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context)) 4748 return QualType(); 4749 4750 // Check whether the array size is negative. 4751 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 4752 SizeIsNegative = true; 4753 return QualType(); 4754 } 4755 4756 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 4757 unsigned ActiveSizeBits 4758 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), 4759 Res); 4760 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 4761 Oversized = Res; 4762 return QualType(); 4763 } 4764 4765 return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), 4766 Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 4767 } 4768 4769 static void 4770 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) { 4771 if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) { 4772 PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>(); 4773 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(), 4774 DstPTL.getPointeeLoc()); 4775 DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc()); 4776 return; 4777 } 4778 if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) { 4779 ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>(); 4780 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(), 4781 DstPTL.getInnerLoc()); 4782 DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc()); 4783 DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc()); 4784 return; 4785 } 4786 ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 4787 ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 4788 TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc(); 4789 TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc(); 4790 DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL); 4791 DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc()); 4792 DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr()); 4793 DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc()); 4794 } 4795 4796 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 4797 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 4798 /// GCC compatibility). 4799 static TypeSourceInfo* 4800 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4801 ASTContext &Context, 4802 bool &SizeIsNegative, 4803 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 4804 QualType FixedTy 4805 = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context, 4806 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 4807 if (FixedTy.isNull()) 4808 return nullptr; 4809 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy); 4810 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(), 4811 FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc()); 4812 return FixedTInfo; 4813 } 4814 4815 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so 4816 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations. We include any extern "C" 4817 /// declaration that is not visible in the translation unit here, not just 4818 /// function-scope declarations. 4819 void 4820 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S) { 4821 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 4822 ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 4823 // Don't need to track declarations in the TU in C. 4824 return; 4825 4826 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 4827 // FIXME: There can be multiple such declarations if they are functions marked 4828 // __attribute__((overloadable)) declared in function scope in C. 4829 LocallyScopedExternCDecls[ND->getDeclName()] = ND; 4830 } 4831 4832 NamedDecl *Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) { 4833 if (ExternalSource) { 4834 // Load locally-scoped external decls from the external source. 4835 // FIXME: This is inefficient. Maybe add a DeclContext for extern "C" decls? 4836 SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> Decls; 4837 ExternalSource->ReadLocallyScopedExternCDecls(Decls); 4838 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Decls.size(); I != N; ++I) { 4839 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 4840 = LocallyScopedExternCDecls.find(Decls[I]->getDeclName()); 4841 if (Pos == LocallyScopedExternCDecls.end()) 4842 LocallyScopedExternCDecls[Decls[I]->getDeclName()] = Decls[I]; 4843 } 4844 } 4845 4846 NamedDecl *D = LocallyScopedExternCDecls.lookup(Name); 4847 return D ? D->getMostRecentDecl() : nullptr; 4848 } 4849 4850 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 4851 /// does not identify a function. 4852 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) { 4853 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 4854 // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;" 4855 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 4856 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), 4857 diag::err_inline_non_function); 4858 4859 if (DS.isVirtualSpecified()) 4860 Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), 4861 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 4862 4863 if (DS.isExplicitSpecified()) 4864 Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), 4865 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 4866 4867 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) 4868 Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 4869 diag::err_noreturn_non_function); 4870 } 4871 4872 NamedDecl* 4873 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 4874 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) { 4875 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 4876 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4877 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 4878 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4879 D.setInvalidType(); 4880 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 4881 DC = CurContext; 4882 Previous.clear(); 4883 } 4884 4885 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 4886 4887 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 4888 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 4889 << 1; 4890 4891 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 4892 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 4893 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 4894 return nullptr; 4895 } 4896 4897 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo); 4898 if (!NewTD) return nullptr; 4899 4900 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 4901 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 4902 4903 CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD); 4904 4905 bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration(); 4906 NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration); 4907 D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration); 4908 return ND; 4909 } 4910 4911 void 4912 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 4913 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 4914 // then it shall have block scope. 4915 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 4916 // that redeclarations will match. 4917 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 4918 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 4919 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 4920 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 4921 4922 if (S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 4923 bool SizeIsNegative; 4924 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 4925 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 4926 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 4927 SizeIsNegative, 4928 Oversized); 4929 if (FixedTInfo) { 4930 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 4931 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 4932 } else { 4933 if (SizeIsNegative) 4934 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 4935 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 4936 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 4937 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 4938 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large) 4939 << Oversized.toString(10); 4940 else 4941 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 4942 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 4943 } 4944 } 4945 } 4946 } 4947 4948 4949 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which 4950 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via 4951 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'. 4952 NamedDecl* 4953 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD, 4954 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 4955 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 4956 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 4957 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/false, 4958 /*AllowInlineNamespace*/false); 4959 filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(Context, NewTD, Previous); 4960 if (!Previous.empty()) { 4961 Redeclaration = true; 4962 MergeTypedefNameDecl(NewTD, Previous); 4963 } 4964 4965 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 4966 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 4967 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 4968 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 4969 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 4970 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 4971 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 4972 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 4973 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 4974 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 4975 else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t")) 4976 Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD); 4977 } 4978 4979 return NewTD; 4980 } 4981 4982 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 4983 /// previous declaration. 4984 /// 4985 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 4986 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 4987 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 4988 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 4989 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 4990 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 4991 /// 4992 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 4993 /// lookup 4994 /// 4995 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 4996 /// declared. 4997 /// 4998 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 4999 /// for a new delcaration with the same name. 5000 static bool 5001 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 5002 ASTContext &Context) { 5003 if (!PrevDecl) 5004 return false; 5005 5006 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 5007 return false; 5008 5009 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5010 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 5011 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 5012 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 5013 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 5014 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 5015 // linkage of the previous declaration. 5016 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 5017 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5018 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 5019 return false; 5020 5021 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 5022 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 5023 // We found a member function: ignore it. 5024 return false; 5025 5026 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 5027 // previous declarations. 5028 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 5029 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 5030 5031 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 5032 // isn't the same function. 5033 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 5034 return false; 5035 } 5036 5037 return true; 5038 } 5039 5040 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 5041 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 5042 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 5043 DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext())); 5044 } 5045 5046 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) { 5047 QualType type = decl->getType(); 5048 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime(); 5049 if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) { 5050 // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing. 5051 unsigned kind = -1U; 5052 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 5053 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 5054 kind = 0; // __block 5055 else if (!var->hasLocalStorage()) 5056 kind = 1; // global 5057 } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) { 5058 kind = 3; // ivar 5059 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) { 5060 kind = 2; // field 5061 } 5062 5063 if (kind != -1U) { 5064 Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var) 5065 << kind; 5066 } 5067 } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { 5068 // Try to infer lifetime. 5069 if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType()) 5070 return false; 5071 5072 lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 5073 type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime); 5074 decl->setType(type); 5075 } 5076 5077 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 5078 // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime. 5079 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone && 5080 var->getTLSKind()) { 5081 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership) 5082 << var->getType(); 5083 return true; 5084 } 5085 } 5086 5087 return false; 5088 } 5089 5090 static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) { 5091 // Ensure that an auto decl is deduced otherwise the checks below might cache 5092 // the wrong linkage. 5093 assert(S.ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(&ND) == 0); 5094 5095 // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage. 5096 if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) { 5097 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5098 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static); 5099 ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>(); 5100 } 5101 } 5102 if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) { 5103 if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5104 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static); 5105 ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>(); 5106 ND.dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); 5107 } 5108 } 5109 5110 if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND)) { 5111 if (VD->hasInit()) { 5112 if (const auto *Attr = VD->getAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 5113 assert(VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 5114 !VD->isExternallyVisible() && "Broken AliasAttr handled late!"); 5115 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << VD; 5116 VD->dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); 5117 } 5118 } 5119 } 5120 5121 // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible varable declarations. 5122 // It does not apply to functions. 5123 if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) { 5124 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5125 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data); 5126 ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>(); 5127 } 5128 } 5129 5130 // dll attributes require external linkage. 5131 if (const InheritableAttr *Attr = getDLLAttr(&ND)) { 5132 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5133 S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_not_extern) 5134 << &ND << Attr; 5135 ND.setInvalidDecl(); 5136 } 5137 } 5138 } 5139 5140 static void checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(Sema &S, NamedDecl *OldDecl, 5141 NamedDecl *NewDecl, 5142 bool IsSpecialization) { 5143 if (TemplateDecl *OldTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) 5144 OldDecl = OldTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 5145 if (TemplateDecl *NewTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(NewDecl)) 5146 NewDecl = NewTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 5147 5148 if (!OldDecl || !NewDecl) 5149 return; 5150 5151 const DLLImportAttr *OldImportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5152 const DLLExportAttr *OldExportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 5153 const DLLImportAttr *NewImportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5154 const DLLExportAttr *NewExportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 5155 5156 // dllimport and dllexport are inheritable attributes so we have to exclude 5157 // inherited attribute instances. 5158 bool HasNewAttr = (NewImportAttr && !NewImportAttr->isInherited()) || 5159 (NewExportAttr && !NewExportAttr->isInherited()); 5160 5161 // A redeclaration is not allowed to add a dllimport or dllexport attribute, 5162 // the only exception being explicit specializations. 5163 // Implicitly generated declarations are also excluded for now because there 5164 // is no other way to switch these to use dllimport or dllexport. 5165 bool AddsAttr = !(OldImportAttr || OldExportAttr) && HasNewAttr; 5166 5167 if (AddsAttr && !IsSpecialization && !OldDecl->isImplicit()) { 5168 // If the declaration hasn't been used yet, allow with a warning for 5169 // free functions and global variables. 5170 bool JustWarn = false; 5171 if (!OldDecl->isUsed() && !OldDecl->isCXXClassMember()) { 5172 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(OldDecl); 5173 if (VD && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) 5174 JustWarn = true; 5175 auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl); 5176 if (FD && FD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_NonTemplate) 5177 JustWarn = true; 5178 } 5179 5180 unsigned DiagID = JustWarn ? diag::warn_attribute_dll_redeclaration 5181 : diag::err_attribute_dll_redeclaration; 5182 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), DiagID) 5183 << NewDecl 5184 << (NewImportAttr ? (const Attr *)NewImportAttr : NewExportAttr); 5185 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5186 if (!JustWarn) { 5187 NewDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5188 return; 5189 } 5190 } 5191 5192 // A redeclaration is not allowed to drop a dllimport attribute, the only 5193 // exceptions being inline function definitions, local extern declarations, 5194 // and qualified friend declarations. 5195 // NB: MSVC converts such a declaration to dllexport. 5196 bool IsInline = false, IsStaticDataMember = false, IsQualifiedFriend = false; 5197 if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NewDecl)) 5198 // Ignore static data because out-of-line definitions are diagnosed 5199 // separately. 5200 IsStaticDataMember = VD->isStaticDataMember(); 5201 else if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NewDecl)) { 5202 IsInline = FD->isInlined(); 5203 IsQualifiedFriend = FD->getQualifier() && 5204 FD->getFriendObjectKind() == Decl::FOK_Declared; 5205 } 5206 5207 if (OldImportAttr && !HasNewAttr && !IsInline && !IsStaticDataMember && 5208 !NewDecl->isLocalExternDecl() && !IsQualifiedFriend) { 5209 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 5210 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 5211 << NewDecl << OldImportAttr; 5212 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5213 S.Diag(OldImportAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_attribute); 5214 OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5215 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5216 } else if (IsInline && OldImportAttr && 5217 !S.Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 5218 // In MinGW, seeing a function declared inline drops the dllimport attribute. 5219 OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5220 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5221 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 5222 diag::warn_dllimport_dropped_from_inline_function) 5223 << NewDecl << OldImportAttr; 5224 } 5225 } 5226 5227 /// Given that we are within the definition of the given function, 5228 /// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the 5229 /// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes? 5230 static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) { 5231 // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction. 5232 5233 // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword. 5234 if (!FD->isInlined()) return false; 5235 5236 // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute. 5237 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) 5238 return false; 5239 5240 // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function. 5241 5242 #ifndef NDEBUG 5243 // AST quite reasonably asserts that it's working on a function 5244 // definition. We don't really have a way to tell it that we're 5245 // currently defining the function, so just lie to it in +Asserts 5246 // builds. This is an awful hack. 5247 FD->setLazyBody(1); 5248 #endif 5249 5250 bool isC99Inline = 5251 S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_AvailableExternally; 5252 5253 #ifndef NDEBUG 5254 FD->setLazyBody(0); 5255 #endif 5256 5257 return isC99Inline; 5258 } 5259 5260 /// Determine whether a variable is extern "C" prior to attaching 5261 /// an initializer. We can't just call isExternC() here, because that 5262 /// will also compute and cache whether the declaration is externally 5263 /// visible, which might change when we attach the initializer. 5264 /// 5265 /// This can only be used if the declaration is known to not be a 5266 /// redeclaration of an internal linkage declaration. 5267 /// 5268 /// For instance: 5269 /// 5270 /// auto x = []{}; 5271 /// 5272 /// Attaching the initializer here makes this declaration not externally 5273 /// visible, because its type has internal linkage. 5274 /// 5275 /// FIXME: This is a hack. 5276 template<typename T> 5277 static bool isIncompleteDeclExternC(Sema &S, const T *D) { 5278 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5279 // In C++, the overloadable attribute negates the effects of extern "C". 5280 if (!D->isInExternCContext() || D->template hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) 5281 return false; 5282 } 5283 return D->isExternC(); 5284 } 5285 5286 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) { 5287 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 5288 if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5289 return VD->hasExternalStorage(); 5290 if (DC->isFileContext()) 5291 return true; 5292 if (DC->isRecord()) 5293 return false; 5294 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 5295 } 5296 5297 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 5298 const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 5299 if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5300 return true; 5301 if (DC->isRecord()) 5302 return false; 5303 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 5304 } 5305 5306 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const AttributeList *AttrList, 5307 AttributeList::Kind Kind) { 5308 for (const AttributeList *L = AttrList; L; L = L->getNext()) 5309 if (L->getKind() == Kind) 5310 return true; 5311 return false; 5312 } 5313 5314 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const Declarator &PD, 5315 AttributeList::Kind Kind) { 5316 // Check decl attributes on the DeclSpec. 5317 if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getDeclSpec().getAttributes().getList(), Kind)) 5318 return true; 5319 5320 // Walk the declarator structure, checking decl attributes that were in a type 5321 // position to the decl itself. 5322 for (unsigned I = 0, E = PD.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 5323 if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getTypeObject(I).getAttrs(), Kind)) 5324 return true; 5325 } 5326 5327 // Finally, check attributes on the decl itself. 5328 return hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getAttributes(), Kind); 5329 } 5330 5331 /// Adjust the \c DeclContext for a function or variable that might be a 5332 /// function-local external declaration. 5333 bool Sema::adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC) { 5334 if (!DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5335 return false; 5336 5337 // If this is a local extern function or variable declared within a function 5338 // template, don't add it into the enclosing namespace scope until it is 5339 // instantiated; it might have a dependent type right now. 5340 if (DC->isDependentContext()) 5341 return true; 5342 5343 // C++11 [basic.link]p7: 5344 // When a block scope declaration of an entity with linkage is not found to 5345 // refer to some other declaration, then that entity is a member of the 5346 // innermost enclosing namespace. 5347 // 5348 // Per C++11 [namespace.def]p6, the innermost enclosing namespace is a 5349 // semantically-enclosing namespace, not a lexically-enclosing one. 5350 while (!DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 5351 DC = DC->getParent(); 5352 return true; 5353 } 5354 5355 NamedDecl * 5356 Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 5357 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 5358 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 5359 bool &AddToScope) { 5360 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 5361 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 5362 5363 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 5364 StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec()); 5365 5366 // dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as extern. We 5367 // have to change the storage class this early to get the right DeclContext. 5368 if (SC == SC_None && !DC->isRecord() && 5369 hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLImport) && 5370 !hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLExport)) 5371 SC = SC_Extern; 5372 5373 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 5374 bool IsLocalExternDecl = SC == SC_Extern && 5375 adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 5376 5377 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 5378 // OpenCL v1.0 s6.8.a.3: Pointers to functions are not allowed. 5379 QualType NR = R; 5380 while (NR->isPointerType()) { 5381 if (NR->isFunctionPointerType()) { 5382 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_function_pointer_variable); 5383 D.setInvalidType(); 5384 break; 5385 } 5386 NR = NR->getPointeeType(); 5387 } 5388 5389 if (!getOpenCLOptions().cl_khr_fp16) { 5390 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and 5391 // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled). 5392 if (Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) { 5393 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R; 5394 D.setInvalidType(); 5395 } 5396 } 5397 } 5398 5399 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 5400 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 5401 // an error here 5402 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 5403 D.setInvalidType(); 5404 SC = SC_None; 5405 } 5406 5407 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register && 5408 !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro( 5409 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) { 5410 // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated. 5411 // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some 5412 // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro. 5413 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5414 diag::warn_deprecated_register) 5415 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5416 } 5417 5418 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 5419 if (!II) { 5420 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) 5421 << Name; 5422 return nullptr; 5423 } 5424 5425 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 5426 5427 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 5428 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 5429 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 5430 // Global Register+Asm is a GNU extension we support. 5431 if (SC == SC_Auto || (SC == SC_Register && !D.getAsmLabel())) { 5432 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 5433 D.setInvalidType(); 5434 } 5435 } 5436 5437 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 5438 // Set up the special work-group-local storage class for variables in the 5439 // OpenCL __local address space. 5440 if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 5441 SC = SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal; 5442 } 5443 5444 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4: 5445 // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address 5446 // space qualifiers. 5447 if (R->isSamplerT() && (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local || 5448 R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global)) { 5449 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace); 5450 } 5451 5452 // OpenCL 1.2 spec, p6.9 r: 5453 // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable. 5454 // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global 5455 // address space qualifiers. 5456 if (R->isEventT()) { 5457 if (S->getParent() == nullptr) { 5458 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_global_var); 5459 D.setInvalidType(); 5460 } 5461 5462 if (R.getAddressSpace()) { 5463 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual); 5464 D.setInvalidType(); 5465 } 5466 } 5467 } 5468 5469 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = false; 5470 bool IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = false; 5471 bool IsPartialSpecialization = false; 5472 bool IsVariableTemplate = false; 5473 VarDecl *NewVD = nullptr; 5474 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = nullptr; 5475 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = nullptr; 5476 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5477 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 5478 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 5479 R, TInfo, SC); 5480 5481 if (D.isInvalidType()) 5482 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5483 } else { 5484 bool Invalid = false; 5485 5486 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 5487 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 5488 switch (SC) { 5489 case SC_None: 5490 break; 5491 case SC_Static: 5492 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5493 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 5494 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5495 break; 5496 case SC_Auto: 5497 case SC_Register: 5498 case SC_Extern: 5499 // [dcl.stc] p2: The auto or register specifiers shall be applied only 5500 // to names of variables declared in a block or to function parameters. 5501 // [dcl.stc] p6: The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration 5502 // of class members 5503 5504 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5505 diag::err_storage_class_for_static_member) 5506 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5507 break; 5508 case SC_PrivateExtern: 5509 llvm_unreachable("C storage class in c++!"); 5510 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 5511 llvm_unreachable("OpenCL storage class in c++!"); 5512 } 5513 } 5514 5515 if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) { 5516 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 5517 if (RD->isLocalClass()) 5518 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5519 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 5520 << Name << RD->getDeclName(); 5521 5522 // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, 5523 // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction. 5524 if (RD->isUnion()) 5525 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5526 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 5527 ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union 5528 : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name; 5529 // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs. 5530 else if (!RD->getDeclName()) 5531 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5532 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct) 5533 << Name << RD->isUnion(); 5534 } 5535 } 5536 5537 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 5538 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 5539 TemplateParams = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 5540 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5541 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 5542 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId 5543 ? D.getName().TemplateId 5544 : nullptr, 5545 TemplateParamLists, 5546 /*never a friend*/ false, IsExplicitSpecialization, Invalid); 5547 5548 if (TemplateParams) { 5549 if (!TemplateParams->size() && 5550 D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 5551 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 5552 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 5553 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 5554 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 5555 << II 5556 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 5557 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 5558 TemplateParams = nullptr; 5559 } else { 5560 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 5561 // This is an explicit specialization or a partial specialization. 5562 // FIXME: Check that we can declare a specialization here. 5563 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true; 5564 IsPartialSpecialization = TemplateParams->size() > 0; 5565 } else { // if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) 5566 // This is a template declaration. 5567 IsVariableTemplate = true; 5568 5569 // Check that we can declare a template here. 5570 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 5571 return nullptr; 5572 5573 // Only C++1y supports variable templates (N3651). 5574 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5575 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 5576 ? diag::warn_cxx11_compat_variable_template 5577 : diag::ext_variable_template); 5578 } 5579 } 5580 } else { 5581 assert( 5582 (Invalid || D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) && 5583 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 5584 } 5585 5586 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) { 5587 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc = 5588 TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 5589 ? TemplateParamLists[0]->getTemplateLoc() 5590 : SourceLocation(); 5591 DeclResult Res = ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization( 5592 S, D, TInfo, TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParams, SC, 5593 IsPartialSpecialization); 5594 if (Res.isInvalid()) 5595 return nullptr; 5596 NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(Res.get()); 5597 AddToScope = false; 5598 } else 5599 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 5600 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, R, TInfo, SC); 5601 5602 // If this is supposed to be a variable template, create it as such. 5603 if (IsVariableTemplate) { 5604 NewTemplate = 5605 VarTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, 5606 TemplateParams, NewVD); 5607 NewVD->setDescribedVarTemplate(NewTemplate); 5608 } 5609 5610 // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the 5611 // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer. 5612 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType()) 5613 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 5614 5615 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) { 5616 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5617 if (NewTemplate) 5618 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 5619 } 5620 5621 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D); 5622 5623 // If we have any template parameter lists that don't directly belong to 5624 // the variable (matching the scope specifier), store them. 5625 unsigned VDTemplateParamLists = TemplateParams ? 1 : 0; 5626 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > VDTemplateParamLists) 5627 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo( 5628 Context, TemplateParamLists.size() - VDTemplateParamLists, 5629 TemplateParamLists.data()); 5630 5631 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 5632 NewVD->setConstexpr(true); 5633 } 5634 5635 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 5636 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 5637 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 5638 if (NewTemplate) 5639 NewTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 5640 5641 if (IsLocalExternDecl) 5642 NewVD->setLocalExternDecl(); 5643 5644 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) { 5645 // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4: 5646 // When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the 5647 // storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear 5648 // explicitly. 5649 // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared 5650 // 'extern'. 5651 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && 5652 (SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified || 5653 TSCS != DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local || 5654 !DC->isFunctionOrMethod())) 5655 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5656 diag::err_thread_non_global) 5657 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 5658 else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) 5659 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5660 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 5661 else 5662 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 5663 } 5664 5665 // C99 6.7.4p3 5666 // An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall 5667 // not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or 5668 // thread storage duration... 5669 // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined 5670 // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'. Note 5671 // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to 5672 // be marked 'static'. Also note that it's possible to get these 5673 // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)). 5674 if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 5675 !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) { 5676 FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl(); 5677 if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) { 5678 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5679 diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline); 5680 MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD); 5681 } 5682 } 5683 5684 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 5685 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 5686 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 5687 << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 1 : 0) 5688 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 5689 D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 5690 else if (IsExplicitSpecialization) 5691 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 5692 << 2 5693 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 5694 else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 5695 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 5696 << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName() 5697 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 5698 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 5699 else { 5700 NewVD->setModulePrivate(); 5701 if (NewTemplate) 5702 NewTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 5703 } 5704 } 5705 5706 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 5707 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 5708 5709 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 5710 // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static 5711 // storage [duration]." 5712 if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 5713 (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() || 5714 NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) { 5715 NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static); 5716 } 5717 } 5718 5719 // Ensure that dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as 5720 // extern. The storage class is set above using parsed attributes. Now we can 5721 // check the VarDecl itself. 5722 assert(!NewVD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() || 5723 NewVD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()->isInherited() || 5724 NewVD->isStaticDataMember() || NewVD->getStorageClass() != SC_None); 5725 5726 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of 5727 // retainable type. 5728 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD)) 5729 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5730 5731 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 5732 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { 5733 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 5734 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 5735 StringRef Label = SE->getString(); 5736 if (S->getFnParent() != nullptr) { 5737 switch (SC) { 5738 case SC_None: 5739 case SC_Auto: 5740 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label; 5741 break; 5742 case SC_Register: 5743 // Local Named register 5744 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 5745 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 5746 break; 5747 case SC_Static: 5748 case SC_Extern: 5749 case SC_PrivateExtern: 5750 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 5751 break; 5752 } 5753 } else if (SC == SC_Register) { 5754 // Global Named register 5755 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 5756 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 5757 if (!R->isIntegralType(Context) && !R->isPointerType()) { 5758 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_asm_bad_register_type); 5759 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 5760 } 5761 } 5762 5763 NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), 5764 Context, Label, 0)); 5765 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 5766 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 5767 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier()); 5768 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 5769 NewVD->addAttr(I->second); 5770 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 5771 } 5772 } 5773 5774 // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope. 5775 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isEmpty()) 5776 CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous); 5777 5778 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 5779 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 5780 // declaration has linkage). 5781 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD), 5782 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 5783 IsExplicitSpecialization || 5784 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization); 5785 5786 // Check whether the previous declaration is in the same block scope. This 5787 // affects whether we merge types with it, per C++11 [dcl.array]p3. 5788 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 5789 NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() && NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) 5790 NewVD->setPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope( 5791 Previous.isSingleResult() && !Previous.isShadowed() && 5792 isDeclInScope(Previous.getFoundDecl(), OriginalDC, S, false)); 5793 5794 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5795 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 5796 } else { 5797 // If this is an explicit specialization of a static data member, check it. 5798 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 5799 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 5800 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5801 5802 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 5803 if (!Previous.empty()) { 5804 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 5805 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 5806 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5807 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 5808 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 5809 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 5810 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5811 Previous.clear(); 5812 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5813 } 5814 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5815 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 5816 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 5817 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 5818 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5819 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5820 } 5821 5822 if (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 5823 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 5824 5825 if (NewTemplate) { 5826 VarTemplateDecl *PrevVarTemplate = 5827 NewVD->getPreviousDecl() 5828 ? NewVD->getPreviousDecl()->getDescribedVarTemplate() 5829 : nullptr; 5830 5831 // Check the template parameter list of this declaration, possibly 5832 // merging in the template parameter list from the previous variable 5833 // template declaration. 5834 if (CheckTemplateParameterList( 5835 TemplateParams, 5836 PrevVarTemplate ? PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 5837 : nullptr, 5838 (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && DC && DC->isRecord() && 5839 DC->isDependentContext()) 5840 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 5841 : TPC_VarTemplate)) 5842 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5843 5844 // If we are providing an explicit specialization of a static variable 5845 // template, make a note of that. 5846 if (PrevVarTemplate && 5847 PrevVarTemplate->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) 5848 PrevVarTemplate->setMemberSpecialization(); 5849 } 5850 } 5851 5852 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD); 5853 5854 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 5855 // the map of such variables. 5856 if (NewVD->isFirstDecl() && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 5857 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewVD)) 5858 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, S); 5859 5860 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 5861 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 5862 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = 5863 getCurrentMangleNumberContext(NewVD->getDeclContext(), 5864 ManglingContextDecl)) { 5865 Context.setManglingNumber( 5866 NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber(NewVD, S->getMSLocalManglingNumber())); 5867 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 5868 } 5869 } 5870 5871 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 5872 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration( 5873 *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewVD, 5874 IsExplicitSpecialization); 5875 } 5876 5877 if (NewTemplate) { 5878 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 5879 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 5880 ActOnDocumentableDecl(NewTemplate); 5881 return NewTemplate; 5882 } 5883 5884 return NewVD; 5885 } 5886 5887 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 5888 /// -Wshadow. 5889 /// 5890 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 5891 /// scope. 5892 /// 5893 /// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared 5894 /// \param R the lookup of the name 5895 /// 5896 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) { 5897 // Return if warning is ignored. 5898 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc())) 5899 return; 5900 5901 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. 5902 if (D->hasGlobalStorage()) 5903 return; 5904 5905 DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext(); 5906 5907 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 5908 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 5909 return; 5910 5911 NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 5912 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 5913 return; 5914 5915 // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods. 5916 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 5917 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) 5918 if (MD->isStatic()) 5919 return; 5920 5921 if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 5922 if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) { 5923 // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global 5924 // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration. 5925 for (auto I : shadowedVar->redecls()) 5926 if (I->isFileVarDecl()) { 5927 ShadowedDecl = I; 5928 break; 5929 } 5930 } 5931 5932 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 5933 5934 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 5935 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 5936 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 5937 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 5938 return; 5939 5940 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 5941 // static data members from base classes? 5942 5943 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 5944 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 5945 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 5946 } 5947 5948 // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 5949 unsigned Kind; 5950 if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) { 5951 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 5952 Kind = 3; // field 5953 else 5954 Kind = 2; // static data member 5955 } else if (OldDC->isFileContext()) 5956 Kind = 1; // global 5957 else 5958 Kind = 0; // local 5959 5960 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 5961 5962 // Emit warning and note. 5963 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(R.getNameLoc())) 5964 return; 5965 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 5966 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5967 } 5968 5969 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 5970 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 5971 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation())) 5972 return; 5973 5974 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 5975 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 5976 LookupName(R, S); 5977 CheckShadow(S, D, R); 5978 } 5979 5980 /// Check for conflict between this global or extern "C" declaration and 5981 /// previous global or extern "C" declarations. This is only used in C++. 5982 template<typename T> 5983 static bool checkGlobalOrExternCConflict( 5984 Sema &S, const T *ND, bool IsGlobal, LookupResult &Previous) { 5985 assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "only C++ has extern \"C\""); 5986 NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName()); 5987 5988 if (!Prev && IsGlobal && !isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 5989 // The common case: this global doesn't conflict with any extern "C" 5990 // declaration. 5991 return false; 5992 } 5993 5994 if (Prev) { 5995 if (!IsGlobal || isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 5996 // Both the old and new declarations have C language linkage. This is a 5997 // redeclaration. 5998 Previous.clear(); 5999 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 6000 return true; 6001 } 6002 6003 // This is a global, non-extern "C" declaration, and there is a previous 6004 // non-global extern "C" declaration. Diagnose if this is a variable 6005 // declaration. 6006 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ND)) 6007 return false; 6008 } else { 6009 // The declaration is extern "C". Check for any declaration in the 6010 // translation unit which might conflict. 6011 if (IsGlobal) { 6012 // We have already performed the lookup into the translation unit. 6013 IsGlobal = false; 6014 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 6015 I != E; ++I) { 6016 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 6017 Prev = *I; 6018 break; 6019 } 6020 } 6021 } else { 6022 DeclContext::lookup_result R = 6023 S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->lookup(ND->getDeclName()); 6024 for (DeclContext::lookup_result::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); 6025 I != E; ++I) { 6026 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 6027 Prev = *I; 6028 break; 6029 } 6030 // FIXME: If we have any other entity with this name in global scope, 6031 // the declaration is ill-formed, but that is a defect: it breaks the 6032 // 'stat' hack, for instance. Only variables can have mangled name 6033 // clashes with extern "C" declarations, so only they deserve a 6034 // diagnostic. 6035 } 6036 } 6037 6038 if (!Prev) 6039 return false; 6040 } 6041 6042 // Use the first declaration's location to ensure we point at something which 6043 // is lexically inside an extern "C" linkage-spec. 6044 assert(Prev && "should have found a previous declaration to diagnose"); 6045 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Prev)) 6046 Prev = FD->getFirstDecl(); 6047 else 6048 Prev = cast<VarDecl>(Prev)->getFirstDecl(); 6049 6050 S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_c_global_conflict) 6051 << IsGlobal << ND; 6052 S.Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_extern_c_global_conflict) 6053 << IsGlobal; 6054 return false; 6055 } 6056 6057 /// Apply special rules for handling extern "C" declarations. Returns \c true 6058 /// if we have found that this is a redeclaration of some prior entity. 6059 /// 6060 /// Per C++ [dcl.link]p6: 6061 /// Two declarations [for a function or variable] with C language linkage 6062 /// with the same name that appear in different scopes refer to the same 6063 /// [entity]. An entity with C language linkage shall not be declared with 6064 /// the same name as an entity in global scope. 6065 template<typename T> 6066 static bool checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(Sema &S, const T *ND, 6067 LookupResult &Previous) { 6068 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6069 // In C, when declaring a global variable, look for a corresponding 'extern' 6070 // variable declared in function scope. We don't need this in C++, because 6071 // we find local extern decls in the surrounding file-scope DeclContext. 6072 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 6073 if (NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName())) { 6074 Previous.clear(); 6075 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 6076 return true; 6077 } 6078 } 6079 return false; 6080 } 6081 6082 // A declaration in the translation unit can conflict with an extern "C" 6083 // declaration. 6084 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 6085 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/true, Previous); 6086 6087 // An extern "C" declaration can conflict with a declaration in the 6088 // translation unit or can be a redeclaration of an extern "C" declaration 6089 // in another scope. 6090 if (isIncompleteDeclExternC(S,ND)) 6091 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/false, Previous); 6092 6093 // Neither global nor extern "C": nothing to do. 6094 return false; 6095 } 6096 6097 void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) { 6098 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 6099 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6100 return; 6101 6102 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 6103 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 6104 6105 // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached. 6106 if (T->isUndeducedType()) 6107 return; 6108 6109 if (NewVD->hasAttrs()) 6110 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD); 6111 6112 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 6113 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 6114 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*"); 6115 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 6116 NewVD->setType(T); 6117 } 6118 6119 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 6120 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 6121 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 6122 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 6123 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 6124 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl); 6125 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6126 return; 6127 } 6128 6129 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the 6130 // __constant address space. 6131 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && NewVD->isFileVarDecl() 6132 && T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::opencl_constant 6133 && !T->isSamplerT()){ 6134 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space); 6135 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6136 return; 6137 } 6138 6139 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 -- The static qualifier is valid only in program 6140 // scope. 6141 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 6142 && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 6143 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope); 6144 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6145 return; 6146 } 6147 6148 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 6149 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6150 if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) 6151 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local); 6152 else { 6153 assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); 6154 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 6155 } 6156 } 6157 6158 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 6159 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 6160 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 6161 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 6162 6163 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 6164 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 6165 bool SizeIsNegative; 6166 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 6167 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 6168 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 6169 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 6170 if (!FixedTInfo && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 6171 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 6172 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 6173 // int a[10][n]; 6174 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 6175 6176 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 6177 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 6178 << SizeRange; 6179 else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal()) 6180 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 6181 << SizeRange; 6182 else 6183 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 6184 << SizeRange; 6185 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6186 return; 6187 } 6188 6189 if (!FixedTInfo) { 6190 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 6191 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 6192 else 6193 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 6194 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6195 return; 6196 } 6197 6198 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 6199 NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType()); 6200 NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 6201 } 6202 6203 if (T->isVoidType()) { 6204 // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names 6205 // of objects and functions. 6206 if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6207 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 6208 << T; 6209 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6210 return; 6211 } 6212 } 6213 6214 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6215 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 6216 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6217 return; 6218 } 6219 6220 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6221 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 6222 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6223 return; 6224 } 6225 6226 if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() && 6227 RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T, 6228 diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) { 6229 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6230 return; 6231 } 6232 } 6233 6234 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 6235 /// declaration. 6236 /// 6237 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 6238 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 6239 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 6240 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 6241 /// that have been instantiated from a template. 6242 /// 6243 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 6244 /// 6245 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration. 6246 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous) { 6247 CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD); 6248 6249 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 6250 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6251 return false; 6252 6253 // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible 6254 // extern "C" declaration with the same name. 6255 if (Previous.empty() && 6256 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewVD, Previous)) 6257 Previous.setShadowed(); 6258 6259 // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations. 6260 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewVD, Previous); 6261 6262 if (!Previous.empty()) { 6263 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous); 6264 return true; 6265 } 6266 return false; 6267 } 6268 6269 /// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod 6270 struct FindOverriddenMethodData { 6271 Sema *S; 6272 CXXMethodDecl *Method; 6273 }; 6274 6275 /// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ 6276 /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with 6277 /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). 6278 static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, 6279 CXXBasePath &Path, 6280 void *UserData) { 6281 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 6282 6283 FindOverriddenMethodData *Data 6284 = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData); 6285 6286 DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName(); 6287 6288 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? 6289 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 6290 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 6291 QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 6292 CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); 6293 6294 Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 6295 } 6296 6297 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); 6298 !Path.Decls.empty(); 6299 Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) { 6300 NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front(); 6301 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 6302 if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false)) 6303 return true; 6304 } 6305 } 6306 6307 return false; 6308 } 6309 6310 namespace { 6311 enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted }; 6312 } 6313 /// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant 6314 /// overriden methods. 6315 /// 6316 /// \param DiagID the primary error to report. 6317 /// \param MD the overriding method. 6318 /// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes. 6319 static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD, 6320 OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) { 6321 S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName(); 6322 for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(), 6323 E = MD->end_overridden_methods(); 6324 I != E; ++I) { 6325 // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but 6326 // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing 6327 // out the diag loop 3 times. 6328 if ((OEK == OEK_All) || 6329 (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) || 6330 (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted())) 6331 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 6332 } 6333 } 6334 6335 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 6336 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 6337 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 6338 // Look for methods in base classes that this method might override. 6339 CXXBasePaths Paths; 6340 FindOverriddenMethodData Data; 6341 Data.Method = MD; 6342 Data.S = this; 6343 bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 6344 bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 6345 bool AddedAny = false; 6346 if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) { 6347 for (auto *I : Paths.found_decls()) { 6348 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(I)) { 6349 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); 6350 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && 6351 !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) && 6352 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) && 6353 !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) { 6354 hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted(); 6355 hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted(); 6356 AddedAny = true; 6357 } 6358 } 6359 } 6360 } 6361 6362 if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) { 6363 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted); 6364 } 6365 if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) { 6366 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted); 6367 } 6368 6369 return AddedAny; 6370 } 6371 6372 namespace { 6373 // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by 6374 // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator. 6375 struct ActOnFDArgs { 6376 Scope *S; 6377 Declarator &D; 6378 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists; 6379 bool AddToScope; 6380 }; 6381 } 6382 6383 namespace { 6384 6385 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance. 6386 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl. 6387 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 6388 public: 6389 DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD, 6390 CXXRecordDecl *Parent) 6391 : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD), 6392 ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : nullptr) {} 6393 6394 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 6395 if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0) 6396 return false; 6397 6398 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 6399 for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(), 6400 CDeclEnd = candidate.end(); 6401 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 6402 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 6403 6404 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 6405 hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) { 6406 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 6407 CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent(); 6408 if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent) 6409 return true; 6410 } else if (!ExpectedParent) { 6411 return true; 6412 } 6413 } 6414 } 6415 6416 return false; 6417 } 6418 6419 private: 6420 ASTContext &Context; 6421 FunctionDecl *OriginalFD; 6422 CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent; 6423 }; 6424 6425 } 6426 6427 /// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration. 6428 /// 6429 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid 6430 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations 6431 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with 6432 /// the same name. 6433 /// 6434 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in 6435 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors. 6436 static NamedDecl *DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 6437 Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 6438 ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs, bool IsLocalFriend, Scope *S) { 6439 DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName(); 6440 DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext(); 6441 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 6442 SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches; 6443 TypoCorrection Correction; 6444 bool IsDefinition = ExtraArgs.D.isFunctionDefinition(); 6445 unsigned DiagMsg = IsLocalFriend ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend 6446 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match; 6447 LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(), 6448 IsLocalFriend ? Sema::LookupLocalFriendName 6449 : Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, 6450 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 6451 6452 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6453 if (IsLocalFriend) 6454 SemaRef.LookupName(Prev, S); 6455 else 6456 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC); 6457 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 6458 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 6459 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 6460 if (!Prev.empty()) { 6461 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 6462 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 6463 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func); 6464 if (FD && 6465 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 6466 // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't 6467 // involve a parameter 6468 unsigned ParamNum = 6469 MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1; 6470 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum)); 6471 } 6472 } 6473 // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction 6474 } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo( 6475 Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), Prev.getLookupKind(), S, 6476 &ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 6477 llvm::make_unique<DifferentNameValidatorCCC>( 6478 SemaRef.Context, NewFD, MD ? MD->getParent() : nullptr), 6479 Sema::CTK_ErrorRecovery, IsLocalFriend ? nullptr : NewDC))) { 6480 // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator 6481 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 6482 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6483 Previous.clear(); 6484 Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection()); 6485 for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(), 6486 CDeclEnd = Correction.end(); 6487 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 6488 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 6489 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 6490 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 6491 Previous.addDecl(FD); 6492 } 6493 } 6494 bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration(); 6495 6496 NamedDecl *Result; 6497 // Retry building the function declaration with the new previous 6498 // declarations, and with errors suppressed. 6499 { 6500 // Trap errors. 6501 Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef); 6502 6503 // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the 6504 // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaration and hopefully 6505 // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs. 6506 Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator( 6507 ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D, 6508 Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(), 6509 NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists, 6510 ExtraArgs.AddToScope); 6511 6512 if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) 6513 Result = nullptr; 6514 } 6515 6516 if (Result) { 6517 // Determine which correction we picked. 6518 Decl *Canonical = Result->getCanonicalDecl(); 6519 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 6520 I != E; ++I) 6521 if ((*I)->getCanonicalDecl() == Canonical) 6522 Correction.setCorrectionDecl(*I); 6523 6524 SemaRef.diagnoseTypo( 6525 Correction, 6526 SemaRef.PDiag(IsLocalFriend 6527 ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest 6528 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match_suggest) 6529 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition); 6530 return Result; 6531 } 6532 6533 // Pretend the typo correction never occurred 6534 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(), 6535 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6536 ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration); 6537 Previous.clear(); 6538 Previous.setLookupName(Name); 6539 } 6540 6541 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg) 6542 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition << NewFD->getLocation(); 6543 6544 bool NewFDisConst = false; 6545 if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 6546 NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst(); 6547 6548 for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned> >::iterator 6549 NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end(); 6550 NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) { 6551 FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first; 6552 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD); 6553 bool FDisConst = MD && MD->isConst(); 6554 bool IsMember = MD || !IsLocalFriend; 6555 6556 // FIXME: These notes are poorly worded for the local friend case. 6557 if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) { 6558 ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1); 6559 SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc(); 6560 if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation(); 6561 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_param_match 6562 : diag::note_local_decl_close_param_match) 6563 << Idx << FDParam->getType() 6564 << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx - 1)->getType(); 6565 } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) { 6566 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match) 6567 << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd(); 6568 } else 6569 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), 6570 IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_match 6571 : diag::note_local_decl_close_match); 6572 } 6573 return nullptr; 6574 } 6575 6576 static StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D) { 6577 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 6578 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!"); 6579 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 6580 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 6581 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 6582 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6583 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 6584 D.setInvalidType(); 6585 break; 6586 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break; 6587 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 6588 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec()) 6589 return SC_None; 6590 return SC_Extern; 6591 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 6592 if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 6593 // C99 6.7.1p5: 6594 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 6595 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 6596 // other than extern 6597 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 6598 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6599 diag::err_static_block_func); 6600 break; 6601 } else 6602 return SC_Static; 6603 } 6604 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 6605 } 6606 6607 // No explicit storage class has already been returned 6608 return SC_None; 6609 } 6610 6611 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D, 6612 DeclContext *DC, QualType &R, 6613 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 6614 StorageClass SC, 6615 bool &IsVirtualOkay) { 6616 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D); 6617 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 6618 6619 FunctionDecl *NewFD = nullptr; 6620 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 6621 6622 if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6623 // Determine whether the function was written with a 6624 // prototype. This true when: 6625 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 6626 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference 6627 // to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type). 6628 bool HasPrototype = 6629 (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) || 6630 (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 6631 6632 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 6633 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 6634 TInfo, SC, isInline, 6635 HasPrototype, false); 6636 if (D.isInvalidType()) 6637 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6638 6639 return NewFD; 6640 } 6641 6642 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 6643 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 6644 6645 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 6646 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 6647 // the class has been completely parsed. 6648 if (!DC->isRecord() && 6649 SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType( 6650 D.getIdentifierLoc(), R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(), 6651 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, SemaRef.AbstractReturnType)) 6652 D.setInvalidType(); 6653 6654 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 6655 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 6656 assert(DC->isRecord() && 6657 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 6658 6659 R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 6660 return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 6661 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 6662 R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline, 6663 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, 6664 isConstexpr); 6665 6666 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 6667 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 6668 if (DC->isRecord()) { 6669 R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 6670 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 6671 CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create( 6672 SemaRef.Context, Record, 6673 D.getLocStart(), 6674 NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline, 6675 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 6676 6677 // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception 6678 // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do 6679 // it yet. 6680 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() && 6681 Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() && 6682 R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) { 6683 SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD); 6684 } 6685 6686 IsVirtualOkay = true; 6687 return NewDD; 6688 6689 } else { 6690 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 6691 D.setInvalidType(); 6692 6693 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 6694 // code path. 6695 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 6696 D.getLocStart(), 6697 D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo, 6698 SC, isInline, 6699 /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr); 6700 } 6701 6702 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 6703 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 6704 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6705 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 6706 return nullptr; 6707 } 6708 6709 SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 6710 IsVirtualOkay = true; 6711 return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 6712 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 6713 R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit, 6714 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 6715 6716 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 6717 // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record, 6718 // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 6719 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 6720 // constructor if it has no return type). 6721 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 6722 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 6723 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 6724 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 6725 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6726 return nullptr; 6727 } 6728 6729 // This is a C++ method declaration. 6730 CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, 6731 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 6732 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 6733 TInfo, SC, isInline, 6734 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 6735 IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic(); 6736 return Ret; 6737 } else { 6738 bool isFriend = 6739 SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 6740 if (!isFriend && SemaRef.CurContext->isRecord()) 6741 return nullptr; 6742 6743 // Determine whether the function was written with a 6744 // prototype. This true when: 6745 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 6746 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 6747 D.getLocStart(), 6748 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, isInline, 6749 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr); 6750 } 6751 } 6752 6753 enum OpenCLParamType { 6754 ValidKernelParam, 6755 PtrPtrKernelParam, 6756 PtrKernelParam, 6757 PrivatePtrKernelParam, 6758 InvalidKernelParam, 6759 RecordKernelParam 6760 }; 6761 6762 static OpenCLParamType getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QualType PT) { 6763 if (PT->isPointerType()) { 6764 QualType PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType(); 6765 if (PointeeType->isPointerType()) 6766 return PtrPtrKernelParam; 6767 return PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == 0 ? PrivatePtrKernelParam 6768 : PtrKernelParam; 6769 } 6770 6771 // TODO: Forbid the other integer types (size_t, ptrdiff_t...) when they can 6772 // be used as builtin types. 6773 6774 if (PT->isImageType()) 6775 return PtrKernelParam; 6776 6777 if (PT->isBooleanType()) 6778 return InvalidKernelParam; 6779 6780 if (PT->isEventT()) 6781 return InvalidKernelParam; 6782 6783 if (PT->isHalfType()) 6784 return InvalidKernelParam; 6785 6786 if (PT->isRecordType()) 6787 return RecordKernelParam; 6788 6789 return ValidKernelParam; 6790 } 6791 6792 static void checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter( 6793 Sema &S, 6794 Declarator &D, 6795 ParmVarDecl *Param, 6796 llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<const Type *> &ValidTypes) { 6797 QualType PT = Param->getType(); 6798 6799 // Cache the valid types we encounter to avoid rechecking structs that are 6800 // used again 6801 if (ValidTypes.count(PT.getTypePtr())) 6802 return; 6803 6804 switch (getOpenCLKernelParameterType(PT)) { 6805 case PtrPtrKernelParam: 6806 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: 6807 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a 6808 // pointer to a pointer type. 6809 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_param); 6810 D.setInvalidType(); 6811 return; 6812 6813 case PrivatePtrKernelParam: 6814 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: 6815 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a 6816 // pointer to the private address space. 6817 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_private_ptr_kernel_param); 6818 D.setInvalidType(); 6819 return; 6820 6821 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k: 6822 // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the 6823 // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and 6824 // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be 6825 // one of these built-in scalar types. 6826 6827 case InvalidKernelParam: 6828 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n: 6829 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared 6830 // of event_t type. 6831 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 6832 D.setInvalidType(); 6833 return; 6834 6835 case PtrKernelParam: 6836 case ValidKernelParam: 6837 ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr()); 6838 return; 6839 6840 case RecordKernelParam: 6841 break; 6842 } 6843 6844 // Track nested structs we will inspect 6845 SmallVector<const Decl *, 4> VisitStack; 6846 6847 // Track where we are in the nested structs. Items will migrate from 6848 // VisitStack to HistoryStack as we do the DFS for bad field. 6849 SmallVector<const FieldDecl *, 4> HistoryStack; 6850 HistoryStack.push_back(nullptr); 6851 6852 const RecordDecl *PD = PT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 6853 VisitStack.push_back(PD); 6854 6855 assert(VisitStack.back() && "First decl null?"); 6856 6857 do { 6858 const Decl *Next = VisitStack.pop_back_val(); 6859 if (!Next) { 6860 assert(!HistoryStack.empty()); 6861 // Found a marker, we have gone up a level 6862 if (const FieldDecl *Hist = HistoryStack.pop_back_val()) 6863 ValidTypes.insert(Hist->getType().getTypePtr()); 6864 6865 continue; 6866 } 6867 6868 // Adds everything except the original parameter declaration (which is not a 6869 // field itself) to the history stack. 6870 const RecordDecl *RD; 6871 if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Next)) { 6872 HistoryStack.push_back(Field); 6873 RD = Field->getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 6874 } else { 6875 RD = cast<RecordDecl>(Next); 6876 } 6877 6878 // Add a null marker so we know when we've gone back up a level 6879 VisitStack.push_back(nullptr); 6880 6881 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) { 6882 QualType QT = FD->getType(); 6883 6884 if (ValidTypes.count(QT.getTypePtr())) 6885 continue; 6886 6887 OpenCLParamType ParamType = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QT); 6888 if (ParamType == ValidKernelParam) 6889 continue; 6890 6891 if (ParamType == RecordKernelParam) { 6892 VisitStack.push_back(FD); 6893 continue; 6894 } 6895 6896 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.p: 6897 // Arguments to kernel functions that are declared to be a struct or union 6898 // do not allow OpenCL objects to be passed as elements of the struct or 6899 // union. 6900 if (ParamType == PtrKernelParam || ParamType == PtrPtrKernelParam || 6901 ParamType == PrivatePtrKernelParam) { 6902 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), 6903 diag::err_record_with_pointers_kernel_param) 6904 << PT->isUnionType() 6905 << PT; 6906 } else { 6907 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 6908 } 6909 6910 S.Diag(PD->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 6911 << PD->getDeclName(); 6912 6913 // We have an error, now let's go back up through history and show where 6914 // the offending field came from 6915 for (ArrayRef<const FieldDecl *>::const_iterator I = HistoryStack.begin() + 1, 6916 E = HistoryStack.end(); I != E; ++I) { 6917 const FieldDecl *OuterField = *I; 6918 S.Diag(OuterField->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 6919 << OuterField->getType(); 6920 } 6921 6922 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_illegal_field_declared_here) 6923 << QT->isPointerType() 6924 << QT; 6925 D.setInvalidType(); 6926 return; 6927 } 6928 } while (!VisitStack.empty()); 6929 } 6930 6931 NamedDecl* 6932 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 6933 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 6934 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 6935 bool &AddToScope) { 6936 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 6937 6938 assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); 6939 6940 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 6941 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 6942 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 6943 StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D); 6944 6945 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 6946 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6947 diag::err_invalid_thread) 6948 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 6949 6950 if (D.isFirstDeclarationOfMember()) 6951 adjustMemberFunctionCC(R, D.isStaticMember()); 6952 6953 bool isFriend = false; 6954 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = nullptr; 6955 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 6956 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 6957 6958 bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false; 6959 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 6960 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 6961 6962 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 6963 6964 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 6965 bool IsLocalExternDecl = adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 6966 6967 FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC, 6968 isVirtualOkay); 6969 if (!NewFD) return nullptr; 6970 6971 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer()) 6972 NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 6973 6974 // Set the lexical context. If this is a function-scope declaration, or has a 6975 // C++ scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the lexical 6976 // context will be different from the semantic context. 6977 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 6978 6979 if (IsLocalExternDecl) 6980 NewFD->setLocalExternDecl(); 6981 6982 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6983 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 6984 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 6985 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 6986 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 6987 isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 6988 if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 6989 // C++ [class.friend]p5 6990 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 6991 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 6992 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 6993 } 6994 6995 // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor 6996 // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already 6997 // return true). 6998 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent = 6999 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) { 7000 if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided()) 7001 NewFD->setPure(true); 7002 } 7003 7004 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D); 7005 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 7006 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 7007 if (D.isInvalidType()) 7008 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7009 7010 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 7011 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 7012 bool Invalid = false; 7013 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 7014 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 7015 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 7016 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 7017 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId 7018 ? D.getName().TemplateId 7019 : nullptr, 7020 TemplateParamLists, isFriend, isExplicitSpecialization, 7021 Invalid)) { 7022 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 7023 // This is a function template 7024 7025 // Check that we can declare a template here. 7026 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 7027 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7028 7029 // A destructor cannot be a template. 7030 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 7031 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template); 7032 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7033 } 7034 7035 // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to 7036 // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list, 7037 // now that we know what the current instantiation is. 7038 if (DC->isDependentContext()) { 7039 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 7040 if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams)) 7041 Invalid = true; 7042 } 7043 7044 7045 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 7046 NewFD->getLocation(), 7047 Name, TemplateParams, 7048 NewFD); 7049 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 7050 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 7051 7052 // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists. 7053 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) { 7054 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 7055 TemplateParamLists.size() - 1, 7056 TemplateParamLists.data()); 7057 } 7058 } else { 7059 // This is a function template specialization. 7060 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 7061 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 7062 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 7063 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 7064 TemplateParamLists.size(), 7065 TemplateParamLists.data()); 7066 7067 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 7068 if (isFriend) { 7069 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 7070 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 7071 7072 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 7073 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 7074 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 7075 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 7076 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 7077 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 7078 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 7079 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 7080 InsertLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 7081 } 7082 7083 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 7084 << Name << RemoveRange 7085 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 7086 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 7087 } 7088 } 7089 } 7090 else { 7091 // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier: 7092 // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template. 7093 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 7094 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 7095 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 7096 TemplateParamLists.size(), 7097 TemplateParamLists.data()); 7098 } 7099 7100 if (Invalid) { 7101 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7102 if (FunctionTemplate) 7103 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 7104 } 7105 7106 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 7107 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 7108 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 7109 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 7110 // 7111 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7112 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 7113 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 7114 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 7115 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 7116 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 7117 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 7118 diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 7119 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 7120 } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 7121 // C++ [temp.mem]p3: 7122 // A member function template shall not be virtual. 7123 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 7124 diag::err_virtual_member_function_template) 7125 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 7126 } else { 7127 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 7128 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); 7129 } 7130 7131 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && 7132 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) 7133 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual); 7134 } 7135 7136 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && 7137 (NewFD->isDependentContext() || 7138 (isFriend && CurContext->isDependentContext())) && 7139 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 7140 // If the function template is referenced directly (for instance, as a 7141 // member of the current instantiation), pretend it has a dependent type. 7142 // This is not really justified by the standard, but is the only sane 7143 // thing to do. 7144 // FIXME: For a friend function, we have not marked the function as being 7145 // a friend yet, so 'isDependentContext' on the FD doesn't work. 7146 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 7147 NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 7148 QualType Result = 7149 SubstAutoType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.DependentTy); 7150 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(Result, FPT->getParamTypes(), 7151 FPT->getExtProtoInfo())); 7152 } 7153 7154 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 7155 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function 7156 // declaration. 7157 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7158 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 7159 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 7160 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 7161 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 7162 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 7163 } 7164 } 7165 7166 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 7167 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 7168 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; 7169 // see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2. 7170 if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7171 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 7172 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 7173 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 7174 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 7175 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 7176 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 7177 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 7178 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 7179 // or conversion function. 7180 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 7181 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 7182 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 7183 } 7184 } 7185 7186 if (isConstexpr) { 7187 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors 7188 // are implicitly inline. 7189 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7190 7191 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to 7192 // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore, 7193 // destructors cannot be declared constexpr. 7194 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) 7195 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor); 7196 } 7197 7198 // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly. 7199 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 7200 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 7201 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc 7202 = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc(); 7203 Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization) 7204 << 0 7205 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 7206 } else { 7207 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 7208 if (FunctionTemplate) 7209 FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 7210 } 7211 } 7212 7213 if (isFriend) { 7214 if (FunctionTemplate) { 7215 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 7216 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 7217 } 7218 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 7219 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 7220 } 7221 7222 // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now. 7223 // FIXME: Does this ever happen? ActOnStartOfFunctionDef forces the function 7224 // definition kind to FDK_Definition. 7225 switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) { 7226 case FDK_Declaration: 7227 case FDK_Definition: 7228 break; 7229 7230 case FDK_Defaulted: 7231 NewFD->setDefaulted(); 7232 break; 7233 7234 case FDK_Deleted: 7235 NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten(); 7236 break; 7237 } 7238 7239 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && 7240 D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 7241 // C++ [class.mfct]p2: 7242 // A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in 7243 // which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2) 7244 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7245 } 7246 7247 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 7248 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 7249 // C++ [class.static]p1: 7250 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 7251 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 7252 // the class. 7253 7254 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 7255 // member function definition. 7256 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7257 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 7258 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 7259 } 7260 7261 // C++11 [except.spec]p15: 7262 // A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated 7263 // as if it were specified with noexcept(true). 7264 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 7265 if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 7266 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) && 7267 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) 7268 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType( 7269 FPT->getReturnType(), FPT->getParamTypes(), 7270 FPT->getExtProtoInfo().withExceptionSpec(EST_BasicNoexcept))); 7271 } 7272 7273 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 7274 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD), 7275 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 7276 isExplicitSpecialization || 7277 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 7278 7279 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 7280 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 7281 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 7282 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 7283 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context, 7284 SE->getString(), 0)); 7285 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 7286 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 7287 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier()); 7288 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 7289 NewFD->addAttr(I->second); 7290 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 7291 } 7292 } 7293 7294 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 7295 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 7296 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 7297 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) { 7298 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 7299 7300 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 7301 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 7302 // single void argument. 7303 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 7304 // already checks for that case. 7305 if (FTIHasNonVoidParameters(FTI) && FTI.Params[0].Param) { 7306 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumParams; i != e; ++i) { 7307 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.Params[i].Param); 7308 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 7309 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 7310 Params.push_back(Param); 7311 7312 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 7313 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7314 } 7315 } 7316 7317 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 7318 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 7319 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 7320 // parameters for use in the declaration. 7321 // 7322 // @code 7323 // typedef void fn(int); 7324 // fn f; 7325 // @endcode 7326 7327 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 7328 for (const auto &AI : FT->param_types()) { 7329 ParmVarDecl *Param = 7330 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), AI); 7331 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 7332 Params.push_back(Param); 7333 } 7334 } else { 7335 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 7336 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 7337 } 7338 7339 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 7340 NewFD->setParams(Params); 7341 7342 // Find all anonymous symbols defined during the declaration of this function 7343 // and add to NewFD. This lets us track decls such 'enum Y' in: 7344 // 7345 // void f(enum Y {AA} x) {} 7346 // 7347 // which would otherwise incorrectly end up in the translation unit scope. 7348 NewFD->setDeclsInPrototypeScope(DeclsInPrototypeScope); 7349 DeclsInPrototypeScope.clear(); 7350 7351 if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified()) 7352 NewFD->addAttr( 7353 ::new(Context) C11NoReturnAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 7354 Context, 0)); 7355 7356 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 7357 // because all functions have linkage. 7358 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 7359 NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 7360 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 7361 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7362 } 7363 7364 if (D.isFunctionDefinition() && CodeSegStack.CurrentValue && 7365 !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 7366 NewFD->addAttr( 7367 SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, 7368 CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 7369 CodeSegStack.CurrentPragmaLocation)); 7370 if (UnifySection(CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 7371 ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Execute | 7372 ASTContext::PSF_Read, 7373 NewFD)) 7374 NewFD->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 7375 } 7376 7377 // Handle attributes. 7378 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D); 7379 7380 QualType RetType = NewFD->getReturnType(); 7381 const CXXRecordDecl *Ret = RetType->isRecordType() ? 7382 RetType->getAsCXXRecordDecl() : RetType->getPointeeCXXRecordDecl(); 7383 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && !NewFD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>() && 7384 Ret && Ret->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>()) { 7385 const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 7386 // Attach WarnUnusedResult to functions returning types with that attribute. 7387 // Don't apply the attribute to that type's own non-static member functions 7388 // (to avoid warning on things like assignment operators) 7389 if (!MD || MD->getParent() != Ret) 7390 NewFD->addAttr(WarnUnusedResultAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 7391 } 7392 7393 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 7394 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5: Using an address space qualifier in a function return 7395 // type declaration will generate a compilation error. 7396 unsigned AddressSpace = RetType.getAddressSpace(); 7397 if (AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_local || 7398 AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_global || 7399 AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_constant) { 7400 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 7401 diag::err_opencl_return_value_with_address_space); 7402 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7403 } 7404 } 7405 7406 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7407 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 7408 bool isExplicitSpecialization=false; 7409 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 7410 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 7411 7412 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 7413 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 7414 7415 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7416 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 7417 isExplicitSpecialization)); 7418 else if (!Previous.empty()) 7419 // Make graceful recovery from an invalid redeclaration. 7420 D.setRedeclaration(true); 7421 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 7422 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 7423 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 7424 7425 // Diagnose no-prototype function declarations with calling conventions that 7426 // don't support variadic calls. Only do this in C and do it after merging 7427 // possibly prototyped redeclarations. 7428 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 7429 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT) && !D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 7430 CallingConv CC = FT->getExtInfo().getCC(); 7431 if (!supportsVariadicCall(CC)) { 7432 // Windows system headers sometimes accidentally use stdcall without 7433 // (void) parameters, so we relax this to a warning. 7434 int DiagID = 7435 CC == CC_X86StdCall ? diag::warn_cconv_knr : diag::err_cconv_knr; 7436 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagID) 7437 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(CC); 7438 } 7439 } 7440 } else { 7441 // C++11 [replacement.functions]p3: 7442 // The program's definitions shall not be specified as inline. 7443 // 7444 // N.B. We diagnose declarations instead of definitions per LWG issue 2340. 7445 // 7446 // Suppress the diagnostic if the function is __attribute__((used)), since 7447 // that forces an external definition to be emitted. 7448 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified() && 7449 NewFD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction() && 7450 !NewFD->hasAttr<UsedAttr>()) 7451 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 7452 diag::ext_operator_new_delete_declared_inline) 7453 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 7454 7455 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 7456 // argument list into our AST format. 7457 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 7458 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 7459 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 7460 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 7461 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 7462 TemplateId->NumArgs); 7463 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 7464 TemplateArgs); 7465 7466 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 7467 7468 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7469 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 7470 } else if (FunctionTemplate) { 7471 // Function template with explicit template arguments. 7472 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec) 7473 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 7474 7475 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 7476 } else { 7477 assert((isFunctionTemplateSpecialization || 7478 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) && 7479 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 7480 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 7481 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 7482 } 7483 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 7484 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 7485 // wrote something like: 7486 // template <> friend void foo(int); 7487 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 7488 // friend void foo<>(int); 7489 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 7490 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 7491 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7492 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7493 } 7494 7495 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 7496 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 7497 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 7498 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 7499 bool InstantiationDependent = false; 7500 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 7501 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() || 7502 TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments( 7503 TemplateArgs.getArgumentArray(), TemplateArgs.size(), 7504 InstantiationDependent))) { 7505 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 7506 "friend function specialization without template args"); 7507 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 7508 Previous)) 7509 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7510 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 7511 if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord() 7512 && !isFriend) { 7513 isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true; 7514 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 7515 diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class : 7516 diag::err_function_specialization_in_class) 7517 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 7518 } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, 7519 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs 7520 : nullptr), 7521 Previous)) 7522 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7523 7524 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 7525 // A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit 7526 // specialization (14.7.3) 7527 FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info = 7528 NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo(); 7529 if (Info && SC != SC_None) { 7530 if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass()) 7531 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 7532 diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class) 7533 << SC 7534 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 7535 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 7536 7537 else 7538 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 7539 diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class) 7540 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 7541 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 7542 } 7543 7544 } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 7545 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 7546 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7547 } 7548 7549 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 7550 if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 7551 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 7552 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 7553 7554 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 7555 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 7556 7557 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7558 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 7559 isExplicitSpecialization)); 7560 } 7561 7562 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 7563 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 7564 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 7565 7566 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 7567 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 7568 : NewFD); 7569 7570 if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) { 7571 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 7572 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7573 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess(); 7574 7575 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 7576 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 7577 } 7578 7579 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 7580 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 7581 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 7582 7583 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 7584 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 7585 if (FunctionTemplate) { 7586 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = 7587 FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl(); 7588 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 7589 PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 7590 : nullptr, 7591 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified() 7592 ? (D.isFunctionDefinition() 7593 ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition 7594 : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate) 7595 : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 7596 DC && DC->isRecord() && 7597 DC->isDependentContext()) 7598 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 7599 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 7600 } 7601 7602 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7603 // Ignore all the rest of this. 7604 } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) { 7605 struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists, 7606 AddToScope }; 7607 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 7608 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 7609 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 7610 7611 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. 7612 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 7613 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or 7614 // dependent-scope friend declarations. 7615 7616 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent 7617 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when 7618 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be 7619 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there 7620 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we 7621 // can actually do this check immediately. 7622 if (isFriend && 7623 (TemplateParamLists.size() || 7624 D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || 7625 CurContext->isDependentContext())) { 7626 // ignore these 7627 } else { 7628 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 7629 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 7630 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 7631 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 7632 // 7633 // class X { 7634 // void f() const; 7635 // }; 7636 // 7637 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 7638 // 7639 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 7640 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 7641 // whether the parameter types are references). 7642 7643 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 7644 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, false, nullptr)) { 7645 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 7646 return Result; 7647 } 7648 } 7649 7650 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve 7651 // to something. 7652 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { 7653 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 7654 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, true, S)) { 7655 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 7656 return Result; 7657 } 7658 } 7659 7660 } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() && 7661 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && NewFD->isOutOfLine() && 7662 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 7663 !isExplicitSpecialization) { 7664 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 7665 // definition (C++ [class.mfct]p2). 7666 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 7667 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 7668 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an 7669 // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to 7670 // generate them. 7671 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 7672 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 7673 } 7674 } 7675 7676 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD); 7677 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD); 7678 7679 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 7680 7681 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 7682 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 7683 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 7684 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 7685 << NewFD; 7686 7687 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 7688 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 7689 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI( 7690 Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(true, false)); 7691 EPI.Variadic = true; 7692 EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo(); 7693 7694 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getReturnType(), None, EPI); 7695 NewFD->setType(R); 7696 } 7697 7698 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 7699 // member, set the visibility of this function. 7700 if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible()) 7701 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 7702 7703 // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider 7704 // marking the function. 7705 AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD); 7706 7707 // If this is a function definition, check if we have to apply optnone due to 7708 // a pragma. 7709 if(D.isFunctionDefinition()) 7710 AddRangeBasedOptnone(NewFD); 7711 7712 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 7713 // the map of such variables. 7714 if (NewFD->isFirstDecl() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 7715 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewFD)) 7716 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, S); 7717 7718 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 7719 NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 7720 7721 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 7722 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration( 7723 *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewFD, 7724 isExplicitSpecialization || isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 7725 } 7726 7727 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7728 if (FunctionTemplate) { 7729 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7730 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 7731 return FunctionTemplate; 7732 } 7733 } 7734 7735 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 7736 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions. 7737 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 7738 && (SC == SC_Static)) { 7739 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel); 7740 D.setInvalidType(); 7741 } 7742 7743 // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void. 7744 if (!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) { 7745 SourceRange RTRange = NewFD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 7746 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type) 7747 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "void") 7748 : FixItHint()); 7749 D.setInvalidType(); 7750 } 7751 7752 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> ValidTypes; 7753 for (auto Param : NewFD->params()) 7754 checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(*this, D, Param, ValidTypes); 7755 } 7756 7757 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 7758 7759 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) 7760 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier()) 7761 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 7762 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 7763 if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) { 7764 if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType()->isScalarType()) 7765 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return); 7766 7767 Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD); 7768 } 7769 } 7770 7771 // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope. 7772 // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation 7773 // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node. 7774 if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 7775 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec = 7776 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create( 7777 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(), 7778 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD), 7779 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs); 7780 CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec); 7781 AddToScope = false; 7782 } 7783 7784 return NewFD; 7785 } 7786 7787 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 7788 /// 7789 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 7790 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 7791 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 7792 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 7793 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 7794 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 7795 /// via InstantiateDecl). 7796 /// 7797 /// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is 7798 /// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration. 7799 /// 7800 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 7801 /// 7802 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration. 7803 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 7804 LookupResult &Previous, 7805 bool IsExplicitSpecialization) { 7806 assert(!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType() && 7807 "Variably modified return types are not handled here"); 7808 7809 // Determine whether the type of this function should be merged with 7810 // a previous visible declaration. This never happens for functions in C++, 7811 // and always happens in C if the previous declaration was visible. 7812 bool MergeTypeWithPrevious = !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 7813 !Previous.isShadowed(); 7814 7815 // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations. 7816 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewFD, Previous); 7817 7818 bool Redeclaration = false; 7819 NamedDecl *OldDecl = nullptr; 7820 7821 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 7822 // the same name, if appropriate. 7823 if (!Previous.empty()) { 7824 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 7825 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 7826 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 7827 // function to the scope. 7828 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) { 7829 NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 7830 if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) { 7831 Redeclaration = true; 7832 OldDecl = Candidate; 7833 } 7834 } else { 7835 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 7836 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 7837 case Ovl_Match: 7838 Redeclaration = true; 7839 break; 7840 7841 case Ovl_NonFunction: 7842 Redeclaration = true; 7843 break; 7844 7845 case Ovl_Overload: 7846 Redeclaration = false; 7847 break; 7848 } 7849 7850 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 7851 // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function 7852 // with that name must be marked "overloadable". 7853 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 7854 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 7855 NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = nullptr; 7856 if (Redeclaration) 7857 OverloadedDecl = OldDecl; 7858 else if (!Previous.empty()) 7859 OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 7860 if (OverloadedDecl) 7861 Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(), 7862 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 7863 NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 7864 } 7865 } 7866 } 7867 7868 // Check for a previous extern "C" declaration with this name. 7869 if (!Redeclaration && 7870 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewFD, Previous)) { 7871 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewFD, Previous); 7872 if (!Previous.empty()) { 7873 // This is an extern "C" declaration with the same name as a previous 7874 // declaration, and thus redeclares that entity... 7875 Redeclaration = true; 7876 OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 7877 MergeTypeWithPrevious = false; 7878 7879 // ... except in the presence of __attribute__((overloadable)). 7880 if (OldDecl->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 7881 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 7882 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 7883 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 7884 Diag(Previous.getFoundDecl()->getLocation(), 7885 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 7886 NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 7887 } 7888 if (IsOverload(NewFD, cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl), false)) { 7889 Redeclaration = false; 7890 OldDecl = nullptr; 7891 } 7892 } 7893 } 7894 } 7895 7896 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8: 7897 // A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not 7898 // a constructor declares that member function to be const. 7899 // 7900 // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line 7901 // definition of a static member function. 7902 // 7903 // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards 7904 // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11. 7905 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 7906 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && MD && MD->isConstexpr() && 7907 !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) && 7908 (MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) { 7909 CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = nullptr; 7910 if (OldDecl) 7911 OldMD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl->getAsFunction()); 7912 if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) { 7913 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 7914 MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 7915 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 7916 EPI.TypeQuals |= Qualifiers::Const; 7917 MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(), 7918 FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI)); 7919 7920 // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation. 7921 // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined. 7922 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 7923 SourceLocation AddConstLoc; 7924 if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc() 7925 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>()) 7926 AddConstLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc()); 7927 7928 Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx14_compat_constexpr_not_const) 7929 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const"); 7930 } 7931 } 7932 } 7933 7934 if (Redeclaration) { 7935 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 7936 // merged. 7937 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S, MergeTypeWithPrevious)) { 7938 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7939 return Redeclaration; 7940 } 7941 7942 Previous.clear(); 7943 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 7944 7945 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl 7946 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 7947 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()); 7948 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 7949 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 7950 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 7951 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method 7952 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) { 7953 Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 7954 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 7955 } 7956 7957 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 7958 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 7959 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && 7960 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 7961 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 7962 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 7963 } 7964 7965 } else { 7966 // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates. 7967 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl)); 7968 7969 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 7970 // A valid redeclaration of a C++ method must be out-of-line, 7971 // but (unfortunately) it's not necessarily a definition 7972 // because of templates, which means that the previous 7973 // declaration is not necessarily from the class definition. 7974 7975 // For just setting the access, that doesn't matter. 7976 CXXMethodDecl *oldMethod = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl); 7977 NewFD->setAccess(oldMethod->getAccess()); 7978 7979 // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI. 7980 if (NewFD->isInlined() && 7981 !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) { 7982 // setNonKeyFunction needs to work with the original 7983 // declaration from the class definition, and isVirtual() is 7984 // just faster in that case, so map back to that now. 7985 oldMethod = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(oldMethod->getFirstDecl()); 7986 if (oldMethod->isVirtual()) { 7987 Context.setNonKeyFunction(oldMethod); 7988 } 7989 } 7990 } 7991 } 7992 } 7993 7994 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 7995 7996 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7997 // C++-specific checks. 7998 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 7999 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 8000 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 8001 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 8002 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 8003 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 8004 8005 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 8006 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 8007 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 8008 DeclarationName Name 8009 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 8010 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 8011 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 8012 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 8013 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8014 return Redeclaration; 8015 } 8016 } 8017 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion 8018 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 8019 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 8020 } 8021 8022 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 8023 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 8024 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 8025 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && 8026 Method->isCanonicalDecl()) { 8027 if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) { 8028 // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem. 8029 if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 8030 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method); 8031 } 8032 } 8033 } 8034 8035 if (Method->isStatic()) 8036 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method); 8037 } 8038 8039 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 8040 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 8041 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 8042 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8043 return Redeclaration; 8044 } 8045 8046 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 8047 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 8048 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 8049 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8050 return Redeclaration; 8051 } 8052 8053 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 8054 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 8055 // during delayed parsing anyway. 8056 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 8057 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 8058 8059 // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this 8060 // declaration against the expected type for the builtin. 8061 if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) { 8062 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 8063 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier()); 8064 QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error); 8065 if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) { 8066 // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin, 8067 // so forget about the builtin entirely. 8068 Context.BuiltinInfo.ForgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents); 8069 } 8070 } 8071 8072 // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if 8073 // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C 8074 // compatible, and if it does, warn the user. 8075 // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only. 8076 if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) { 8077 QualType R = NewFD->getReturnType(); 8078 if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType()) 8079 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete) 8080 << NewFD << R; 8081 else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() && 8082 !R->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 8083 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R; 8084 } 8085 } 8086 return Redeclaration; 8087 } 8088 8089 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) { 8090 // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3: 8091 // A program that [...] declares main to be inline, static or 8092 // constexpr is ill-formed. 8093 // C11 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall 8094 // appear in a declaration of main. 8095 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 8096 // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension. 8097 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 8098 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 8099 ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main) 8100 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 8101 if (FD->isInlineSpecified()) 8102 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main) 8103 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc()); 8104 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) { 8105 SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(); 8106 SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc, getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc)); 8107 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main); 8108 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn) 8109 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange); 8110 } 8111 if (FD->isConstexpr()) { 8112 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main) 8113 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc()); 8114 FD->setConstexpr(false); 8115 } 8116 8117 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 8118 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_no_main) 8119 << FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>(); 8120 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8121 return; 8122 } 8123 8124 QualType T = FD->getType(); 8125 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 8126 const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 8127 8128 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8129 // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return 8130 // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the 8131 // implicit-return-zero rule. 8132 8133 // GCC in C mode accepts qualified 'int'. 8134 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 8135 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 8136 else { 8137 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint); 8138 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 8139 if (RTRange.isValid()) 8140 Diag(RTRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type) 8141 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int"); 8142 } 8143 } else { 8144 // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end; 8145 // set the flag which tells us that. 8146 // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 8147 8148 // All the standards say that main() should return 'int'. 8149 if (Context.hasSameType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 8150 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 8151 else { 8152 // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error. 8153 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 8154 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint) 8155 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int") 8156 : FixItHint()); 8157 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8158 } 8159 } 8160 8161 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 8162 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 8163 8164 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 8165 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumParams(); 8166 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 8167 8168 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 8169 8170 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 8171 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 8172 // getting shifty. 8173 if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) 8174 HasExtraParameters = false; 8175 8176 if (HasExtraParameters) { 8177 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 8178 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8179 nparams = 3; 8180 } 8181 8182 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 8183 // if we had some location information about types. 8184 8185 QualType CharPP = 8186 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 8187 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 8188 8189 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 8190 QualType AT = FTP->getParamType(i); 8191 8192 bool mismatch = true; 8193 8194 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 8195 mismatch = false; 8196 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 8197 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 8198 // char const ** 8199 // char const * const * 8200 // char * const * 8201 8202 QualifierCollector qs; 8203 const PointerType* PT; 8204 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 8205 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 8206 Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0), 8207 Context.CharTy)) { 8208 qs.removeConst(); 8209 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 8210 } 8211 } 8212 8213 if (mismatch) { 8214 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 8215 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 8216 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8217 } 8218 } 8219 8220 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8221 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 8222 } 8223 8224 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 8225 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 8226 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8227 } 8228 } 8229 8230 void Sema::CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD) { 8231 QualType T = FD->getType(); 8232 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 8233 const FunctionType *FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 8234 8235 // Set an implicit return of 'zero' if the function can return some integral, 8236 // enumeration, pointer or nullptr type. 8237 if (FT->getReturnType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() || 8238 FT->getReturnType()->isAnyPointerType() || 8239 FT->getReturnType()->isNullPtrType()) 8240 // DllMain is exempt because a return value of zero means it failed. 8241 if (FD->getName() != "DllMain") 8242 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 8243 8244 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 8245 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 8246 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8247 } 8248 } 8249 8250 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 8251 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 8252 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 8253 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 8254 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 8255 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 8256 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 8257 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression 8258 // rules there don't matter.) 8259 const Expr *Culprit; 8260 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) 8261 return false; 8262 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 8263 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 8264 return true; 8265 } 8266 8267 namespace { 8268 // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in 8269 // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does. 8270 class SelfReferenceChecker 8271 : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> { 8272 Sema &S; 8273 Decl *OrigDecl; 8274 bool isRecordType; 8275 bool isPODType; 8276 bool isReferenceType; 8277 8278 bool isInitList; 8279 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> InitFieldIndex; 8280 public: 8281 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited; 8282 8283 SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context), 8284 S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) { 8285 isPODType = false; 8286 isRecordType = false; 8287 isReferenceType = false; 8288 isInitList = false; 8289 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) { 8290 isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context); 8291 isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType(); 8292 isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType(); 8293 } 8294 } 8295 8296 // For most expressions, just call the visitor. For initializer lists, 8297 // track the index of the field being initialized since fields are 8298 // initialized in order allowing use of previously initialized fields. 8299 void CheckExpr(Expr *E) { 8300 InitListExpr *InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(E); 8301 if (!InitList) { 8302 Visit(E); 8303 return; 8304 } 8305 8306 // Track and increment the index here. 8307 isInitList = true; 8308 InitFieldIndex.push_back(0); 8309 for (auto Child : InitList->children()) { 8310 CheckExpr(cast<Expr>(Child)); 8311 ++InitFieldIndex.back(); 8312 } 8313 InitFieldIndex.pop_back(); 8314 } 8315 8316 // Returns true if MemberExpr is checked and no futher checking is needed. 8317 // Returns false if additional checking is required. 8318 bool CheckInitListMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E, bool CheckReference) { 8319 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 4> Fields; 8320 Expr *Base = E; 8321 bool ReferenceField = false; 8322 8323 // Get the field memebers used. 8324 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 8325 FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()); 8326 if (!FD) 8327 return false; 8328 Fields.push_back(FD); 8329 if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) 8330 ReferenceField = true; 8331 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8332 } 8333 8334 // Keep checking only if the base Decl is the same. 8335 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base); 8336 if (!DRE || DRE->getDecl() != OrigDecl) 8337 return false; 8338 8339 // A reference field can be bound to an unininitialized field. 8340 if (CheckReference && !ReferenceField) 8341 return true; 8342 8343 // Convert FieldDecls to their index number. 8344 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> UsedFieldIndex; 8345 for (auto I = Fields.rbegin(), E = Fields.rend(); I != E; ++I) { 8346 UsedFieldIndex.push_back((*I)->getFieldIndex()); 8347 } 8348 8349 // See if a warning is needed by checking the first difference in index 8350 // numbers. If field being used has index less than the field being 8351 // initialized, then the use is safe. 8352 for (auto UsedIter = UsedFieldIndex.begin(), 8353 UsedEnd = UsedFieldIndex.end(), 8354 OrigIter = InitFieldIndex.begin(), 8355 OrigEnd = InitFieldIndex.end(); 8356 UsedIter != UsedEnd && OrigIter != OrigEnd; ++UsedIter, ++OrigIter) { 8357 if (*UsedIter < *OrigIter) 8358 return true; 8359 if (*UsedIter > *OrigIter) 8360 break; 8361 } 8362 8363 // TODO: Add a different warning which will print the field names. 8364 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8365 return true; 8366 } 8367 8368 // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr. 8369 // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional 8370 // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's. 8371 void HandleValue(Expr *E) { 8372 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 8373 if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) { 8374 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8375 return; 8376 } 8377 8378 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) { 8379 Visit(CO->getCond()); 8380 HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr()); 8381 HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr()); 8382 return; 8383 } 8384 8385 if (BinaryConditionalOperator *BCO = 8386 dyn_cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E)) { 8387 Visit(BCO->getCond()); 8388 HandleValue(BCO->getFalseExpr()); 8389 return; 8390 } 8391 8392 if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E)) { 8393 HandleValue(OVE->getSourceExpr()); 8394 return; 8395 } 8396 8397 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) { 8398 if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) { 8399 Visit(BO->getLHS()); 8400 HandleValue(BO->getRHS()); 8401 return; 8402 } 8403 } 8404 8405 if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) { 8406 if (isInitList) { 8407 if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(cast<MemberExpr>(E), 8408 false /*CheckReference*/)) 8409 return; 8410 } 8411 8412 Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8413 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 8414 // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them. 8415 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 8416 return; 8417 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8418 } 8419 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) 8420 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8421 return; 8422 } 8423 8424 Visit(E); 8425 } 8426 8427 // Reference types not handled in HandleValue are handled here since all 8428 // uses of references are bad, not just r-value uses. 8429 void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) { 8430 if (isReferenceType) 8431 HandleDeclRefExpr(E); 8432 } 8433 8434 void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 8435 if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) { 8436 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 8437 return; 8438 } 8439 8440 Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E); 8441 } 8442 8443 void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) { 8444 if (isInitList) { 8445 if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(E, true /*CheckReference*/)) 8446 return; 8447 } 8448 8449 // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers. 8450 if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return; 8451 8452 // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member 8453 // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr. 8454 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl()); 8455 bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic()); 8456 Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8457 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 8458 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 8459 Warn = false; 8460 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8461 } 8462 8463 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) { 8464 if (Warn) 8465 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8466 return; 8467 } 8468 8469 // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr. 8470 // Visit that expression. 8471 Visit(Base); 8472 } 8473 8474 void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) { 8475 Expr *Callee = E->getCallee(); 8476 8477 if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(Callee)) 8478 return Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E); 8479 8480 Visit(Callee); 8481 for (auto Arg: E->arguments()) 8482 HandleValue(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); 8483 } 8484 8485 void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) { 8486 // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined. 8487 if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType && 8488 isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) { 8489 if (!isPODType) 8490 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 8491 return; 8492 } 8493 8494 if (E->isIncrementDecrementOp()) { 8495 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 8496 return; 8497 } 8498 8499 Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E); 8500 } 8501 8502 void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) { return; } 8503 8504 void VisitCXXConstructExpr(CXXConstructExpr *E) { 8505 if (E->getConstructor()->isCopyConstructor()) { 8506 Expr *ArgExpr = E->getArg(0); 8507 if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(ArgExpr)) 8508 if (ILE->getNumInits() == 1) 8509 ArgExpr = ILE->getInit(0); 8510 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(ArgExpr)) 8511 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp) 8512 ArgExpr = ICE->getSubExpr(); 8513 HandleValue(ArgExpr); 8514 return; 8515 } 8516 Inherited::VisitCXXConstructExpr(E); 8517 } 8518 8519 void VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E) { 8520 // Treat std::move as a use. 8521 if (E->getNumArgs() == 1) { 8522 if (FunctionDecl *FD = E->getDirectCallee()) { 8523 if (FD->isInStdNamespace() && FD->getIdentifier() && 8524 FD->getIdentifier()->isStr("move")) { 8525 HandleValue(E->getArg(0)); 8526 return; 8527 } 8528 } 8529 } 8530 8531 Inherited::VisitCallExpr(E); 8532 } 8533 8534 void VisitBinaryOperator(BinaryOperator *E) { 8535 if (E->isCompoundAssignmentOp()) { 8536 HandleValue(E->getLHS()); 8537 Visit(E->getRHS()); 8538 return; 8539 } 8540 8541 Inherited::VisitBinaryOperator(E); 8542 } 8543 8544 // A custom visitor for BinaryConditionalOperator is needed because the 8545 // regular visitor would check the condition and true expression separately 8546 // but both point to the same place giving duplicate diagnostics. 8547 void VisitBinaryConditionalOperator(BinaryConditionalOperator *E) { 8548 Visit(E->getCond()); 8549 Visit(E->getFalseExpr()); 8550 } 8551 8552 void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) { 8553 Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl(); 8554 if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return; 8555 unsigned diag; 8556 if (isReferenceType) { 8557 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init; 8558 } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) { 8559 diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init; 8560 } else { 8561 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init; 8562 } 8563 8564 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE, 8565 S.PDiag(diag) 8566 << DRE->getNameInfo().getName() 8567 << OrigDecl->getLocation() 8568 << DRE->getSourceRange()); 8569 } 8570 }; 8571 8572 /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E. 8573 static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E, 8574 bool DirectInit) { 8575 // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself, 8576 // for instance, in recursive functions. Skip them. 8577 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl)) 8578 return; 8579 8580 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 8581 8582 // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type. 8583 // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings. 8584 if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType()) 8585 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) 8586 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) 8587 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr())) 8588 if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl) 8589 return; 8590 8591 SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).CheckExpr(E); 8592 } 8593 } 8594 8595 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 8596 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 8597 /// initialization rather than copy initialization. 8598 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, 8599 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 8600 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 8601 // the initializer. 8602 if (!RealDecl || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 8603 CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init); 8604 return; 8605 } 8606 8607 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 8608 // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot 8609 // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier. 8610 // Thus this grotesque test. 8611 IntegerLiteral *IL; 8612 if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 && 8613 Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy) 8614 CheckPureMethod(Method, Init->getSourceRange()); 8615 else { 8616 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 8617 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 8618 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 8619 } 8620 return; 8621 } 8622 8623 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 8624 if (!VDecl) { 8625 assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here"); 8626 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 8627 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8628 return; 8629 } 8630 ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init); 8631 8632 // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 8633 if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 8634 Expr *DeduceInit = Init; 8635 // Initializer could be a C++ direct-initializer. Deduction only works if it 8636 // contains exactly one expression. 8637 if (CXXDirectInit) { 8638 if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() == 0) { 8639 // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to 8640 // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);" 8641 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(), 8642 VDecl->isInitCapture() ? diag::err_init_capture_no_expression 8643 : diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression) 8644 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 8645 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 8646 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8647 return; 8648 } else if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() > 1) { 8649 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getExpr(1)->getLocStart(), 8650 VDecl->isInitCapture() 8651 ? diag::err_init_capture_multiple_expressions 8652 : diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions) 8653 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 8654 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 8655 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8656 return; 8657 } else { 8658 DeduceInit = CXXDirectInit->getExpr(0); 8659 if (isa<InitListExpr>(DeduceInit)) 8660 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(), 8661 diag::err_auto_var_init_paren_braces) 8662 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 8663 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 8664 } 8665 } 8666 8667 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger. 8668 bool DefaultedToAuto = false; 8669 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && 8670 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 8671 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 8672 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 8673 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8674 return; 8675 } 8676 Init = Result.get(); 8677 DefaultedToAuto = true; 8678 } 8679 8680 QualType DeducedType; 8681 if (DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), DeduceInit, DeducedType) == 8682 DAR_Failed) 8683 DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit); 8684 if (DeducedType.isNull()) { 8685 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8686 return; 8687 } 8688 VDecl->setType(DeducedType); 8689 assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid()); 8690 8691 // In ARC, infer lifetime. 8692 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl)) 8693 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8694 8695 // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using 8696 // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual checks. 8697 // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though: 8698 // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter. 8699 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && !DefaultedToAuto && 8700 DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) { 8701 SourceLocation Loc = 8702 VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 8703 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id) 8704 << VDecl->getDeclName() << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 8705 } 8706 8707 // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches 8708 // the previously declared type. 8709 if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) { 8710 // We never need to merge the type, because we cannot form an incomplete 8711 // array of auto, nor deduce such a type. 8712 MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*MergeTypeWithPrevious*/false); 8713 } 8714 8715 // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration. 8716 CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl); 8717 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 8718 return; 8719 8720 // If all looks well, warn if this is a case that will change meaning when 8721 // we implement N3922. 8722 if (DirectInit && !CXXDirectInit && isa<InitListExpr>(Init)) { 8723 Diag(Init->getLocStart(), 8724 diag::warn_auto_var_direct_list_init) 8725 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Init->getLocStart(), "="); 8726 } 8727 } 8728 8729 // dllimport cannot be used on variable definitions. 8730 if (VDecl->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) { 8731 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_data_definition); 8732 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8733 return; 8734 } 8735 8736 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { 8737 // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect. 8738 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 8739 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8740 return; 8741 } 8742 8743 if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) { 8744 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 8745 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by 8746 // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 8747 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 8748 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 8749 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 8750 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 8751 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 8752 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8753 return; 8754 } 8755 8756 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 8757 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 8758 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 8759 AbstractVariableType)) 8760 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8761 } 8762 8763 const VarDecl *Def; 8764 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) { 8765 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 8766 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 8767 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 8768 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8769 return; 8770 } 8771 8772 const VarDecl *PrevInit = nullptr; 8773 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8774 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 8775 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 8776 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 8777 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 8778 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 8779 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 8780 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 8781 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 8782 // 8783 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 8784 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 8785 // declaration with an initializer. 8786 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getAnyInitializer(PrevInit)) { 8787 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_static_data_member_reinitialization) 8788 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 8789 Diag(PrevInit->getInit()->getExprLoc(), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0; 8790 return; 8791 } 8792 8793 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 8794 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 8795 8796 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) { 8797 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8798 return; 8799 } 8800 } 8801 8802 // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside 8803 // a kernel function cannot be initialized." 8804 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal) { 8805 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init); 8806 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8807 return; 8808 } 8809 8810 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 8811 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 8812 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 8813 8814 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger 8815 // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type. 8816 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 8817 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 8818 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 8819 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 8820 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8821 return; 8822 } 8823 Init = Result.get(); 8824 } 8825 8826 // Perform the initialization. 8827 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 8828 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 8829 InitializationKind Kind 8830 = DirectInit ? 8831 CXXDirectInit ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(), 8832 Init->getLocStart(), 8833 Init->getLocEnd()) 8834 : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList( 8835 VDecl->getLocation()) 8836 : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(), 8837 Init->getLocStart()); 8838 8839 MultiExprArg Args = Init; 8840 if (CXXDirectInit) 8841 Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(), 8842 CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs()); 8843 8844 // Try to correct any TypoExprs in the initialization arguments. 8845 for (size_t Idx = 0; Idx < Args.size(); ++Idx) { 8846 ExprResult Res = 8847 CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Args[Idx], [this, Entity, Kind](Expr *E) { 8848 InitializationSequence Init(*this, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg(E)); 8849 return Init.Failed() ? ExprError() : E; 8850 }); 8851 if (Res.isInvalid()) { 8852 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8853 } else if (Res.get() != Args[Idx]) { 8854 Args[Idx] = Res.get(); 8855 } 8856 } 8857 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 8858 return; 8859 8860 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args); 8861 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT); 8862 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 8863 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8864 return; 8865 } 8866 8867 Init = Result.getAs<Expr>(); 8868 } 8869 8870 // Check for self-references within variable initializers. 8871 // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references) 8872 // are handled by a dataflow analysis. 8873 if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() || 8874 VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) { 8875 CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit); 8876 } 8877 8878 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 8879 // completed by the initializer. For example: 8880 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 8881 // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 8882 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) 8883 VDecl->setType(DclT); 8884 8885 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 8886 checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init); 8887 8888 if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 8889 checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init); 8890 8891 // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable. 8892 // Although this code can still have problems: 8893 // id x = self.weakProp; 8894 // id y = self.weakProp; 8895 // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate 8896 // paths through the function. This should be revisited if 8897 // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive. 8898 if (VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong && 8899 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, 8900 Init->getLocStart())) 8901 getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init); 8902 } 8903 8904 // The initialization is usually a full-expression. 8905 // 8906 // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not 8907 // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate 8908 // full-expression. For instance, in: 8909 // 8910 // struct Temp { ~Temp(); }; 8911 // struct S { S(Temp); }; 8912 // struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() } 8913 // 8914 // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second. 8915 ExprResult Result = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(), 8916 false, 8917 VDecl->isConstexpr()); 8918 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 8919 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8920 return; 8921 } 8922 Init = Result.get(); 8923 8924 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 8925 VDecl->setInit(Init); 8926 8927 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { 8928 // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has 8929 // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals. 8930 // C++ does not have this restriction. 8931 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 8932 const Expr *Culprit; 8933 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 8934 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 8935 // C89 is stricter than C99 for non-static aggregate types. 8936 // C89 6.5.7p3: All the expressions [...] in an initializer list 8937 // for an object that has aggregate or union type shall be 8938 // constant expressions. 8939 else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && VDecl->getType()->isAggregateType() && 8940 isa<InitListExpr>(Init) && 8941 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) 8942 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), 8943 diag::ext_aggregate_init_not_constant) 8944 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 8945 } 8946 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && 8947 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 8948 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 8949 // 8950 // struct S { 8951 // static const int value = 17; 8952 // }; 8953 8954 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 8955 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 8956 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 8957 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 8958 // 8959 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: 8960 // If a non-volatile const static data member is of integral or 8961 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 8962 // specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause 8963 // that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static 8964 // data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition 8965 // with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a 8966 // brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is 8967 // an assignment-expression is a constant expression. 8968 8969 // Do nothing on dependent types. 8970 if (DclT->isDependentType()) { 8971 8972 // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal 8973 // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal 8974 // type. 8975 } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) { 8976 8977 // Require constness. 8978 } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) { 8979 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 8980 << Init->getSourceRange(); 8981 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8982 8983 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 8984 } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 8985 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 8986 SourceLocation Loc; 8987 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified()) 8988 // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an 8989 // in-class initializer cannot be volatile. 8990 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile); 8991 else if (Init->isValueDependent()) 8992 ; // Nothing to check. 8993 else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc)) 8994 ; // Ok, it's an ICE! 8995 else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 8996 // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it, 8997 // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic. 8998 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 8999 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9000 } else { 9001 // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case. Report the issue at the 9002 // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check. 9003 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 9004 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9005 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9006 } 9007 9008 // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension. 9009 } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 9010 // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support 9011 // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'. 9012 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 9013 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), 9014 diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 9015 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 9016 Diag(VDecl->getLocStart(), 9017 diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 9018 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 9019 } else { 9020 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 9021 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 9022 9023 if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 9024 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 9025 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9026 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9027 } 9028 } 9029 9030 // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types. 9031 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) { 9032 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type) 9033 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange() 9034 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 9035 VDecl->setConstexpr(true); 9036 9037 } else { 9038 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 9039 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 9040 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9041 } 9042 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 9043 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern && 9044 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 9045 !(Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified() || 9046 VDecl->isExternC())) && 9047 !isTemplateInstantiation(VDecl->getTemplateSpecializationKind())) 9048 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 9049 9050 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 9051 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 9052 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 9053 } 9054 9055 // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization: 9056 // int x(1); -as-> int x = 1; 9057 // ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c); 9058 // 9059 // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for 9060 // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle(). 9061 // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which 9062 // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without 9063 // special case code. 9064 9065 // C++ 8.5p11: 9066 // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally 9067 // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a 9068 // class type. 9069 if (CXXDirectInit) { 9070 assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init."); 9071 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 9072 } else if (DirectInit) { 9073 // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization. 9074 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit); 9075 } 9076 9077 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl); 9078 } 9079 9080 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 9081 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 9082 /// of sanity. 9083 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 9084 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 9085 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 9086 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 9087 9088 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 9089 if (!VD) return; 9090 9091 // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer. 9092 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) { 9093 D->setInvalidDecl(); 9094 return; 9095 } 9096 9097 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 9098 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 9099 9100 // Require a complete type. 9101 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 9102 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 9103 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 9104 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 9105 return; 9106 } 9107 9108 // Require a non-abstract type. 9109 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 9110 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9111 AbstractVariableType)) { 9112 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 9113 return; 9114 } 9115 9116 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 9117 // though. 9118 } 9119 9120 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl, 9121 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 9122 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 9123 if (!RealDecl) 9124 return; 9125 9126 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 9127 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 9128 9129 // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3 9130 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) { 9131 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 9132 << Var->getDeclName() << Type; 9133 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9134 return; 9135 } 9136 9137 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with 9138 // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify 9139 // a brace-or-equal-initializer. 9140 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to 9141 // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data 9142 // member. 9143 if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 9144 if (Var->isStaticDataMember()) 9145 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 9146 diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init) 9147 << Var->getDeclName(); 9148 else 9149 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl); 9150 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9151 return; 9152 } 9153 9154 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.3: variables declared in the constant address space must 9155 // be initialized. 9156 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() && 9157 Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant && 9158 Var->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && !Var->getInit()) { 9159 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_constant_no_init); 9160 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9161 return; 9162 } 9163 9164 switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 9165 case VarDecl::Definition: 9166 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 9167 break; 9168 9169 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 9170 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 9171 // a declaration. 9172 // 9173 // Fall through 9174 9175 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 9176 // It's only a declaration. 9177 9178 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 9179 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 9180 // object shall be complete. 9181 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && 9182 !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 9183 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 9184 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 9185 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9186 9187 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 9188 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 9189 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 9190 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9191 AbstractVariableType)) 9192 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9193 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 9194 Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) { 9195 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern); 9196 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern); 9197 } 9198 9199 return; 9200 9201 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 9202 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 9203 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 9204 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 9205 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 9206 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 9207 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 9208 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 9209 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 9210 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 9211 ArrayT->getElementType(), 9212 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) 9213 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9214 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 9215 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 9216 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 9217 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 9218 // NOTE: code such as the following 9219 // static struct s; 9220 // struct s { int a; }; 9221 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 9222 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 9223 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 9224 if (Var->isFirstDecl()) 9225 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 9226 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 9227 } 9228 } 9229 9230 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 9231 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 9232 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 9233 return; 9234 } 9235 9236 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 9237 // definitions with incomplete array type. 9238 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 9239 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 9240 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 9241 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9242 return; 9243 } 9244 9245 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 9246 // definitions with reference type. 9247 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 9248 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 9249 << Var->getDeclName() 9250 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 9251 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9252 return; 9253 } 9254 9255 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 9256 // variable with dependent type. 9257 if (Type->isDependentType()) 9258 return; 9259 9260 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 9261 return; 9262 9263 if (!Var->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 9264 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 9265 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 9266 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 9267 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9268 return; 9269 } 9270 } else { 9271 return; 9272 } 9273 9274 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 9275 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 9276 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9277 AbstractVariableType)) { 9278 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9279 return; 9280 } 9281 9282 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 9283 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 9284 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 9285 // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3 9286 // A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic 9287 // storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is 9288 // ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a 9289 // trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified 9290 // version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding 9291 // types and is declared without an initializer. 9292 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) { 9293 if (const RecordType *Record 9294 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) { 9295 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl()); 9296 // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of 9297 // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose 9298 // incompatibilities with C++98. 9299 if (!CXXRecord->isPOD()) 9300 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 9301 } 9302 } 9303 9304 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 9305 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 9306 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 9307 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 9308 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 9309 // type shall have a user-declared default 9310 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 9311 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 9312 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 9313 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 9314 // program is ill-formed. 9315 // C++0x [dcl.init]p11: 9316 // If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is 9317 // default-initialized; [...]. 9318 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 9319 InitializationKind Kind 9320 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 9321 9322 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 9323 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 9324 if (Init.isInvalid()) 9325 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9326 else if (Init.get()) { 9327 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); 9328 // This is important for template substitution. 9329 Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 9330 } 9331 9332 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var); 9333 } 9334 } 9335 9336 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) { 9337 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 9338 if (!VD) { 9339 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var); 9340 D->setInvalidDecl(); 9341 return; 9342 } 9343 9344 VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 9345 9346 // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier. 9347 int Error = -1; 9348 switch (VD->getStorageClass()) { 9349 case SC_None: 9350 break; 9351 case SC_Extern: 9352 Error = 0; 9353 break; 9354 case SC_Static: 9355 Error = 1; 9356 break; 9357 case SC_PrivateExtern: 9358 Error = 2; 9359 break; 9360 case SC_Auto: 9361 Error = 3; 9362 break; 9363 case SC_Register: 9364 Error = 4; 9365 break; 9366 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 9367 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected storage class"); 9368 } 9369 if (VD->isConstexpr()) 9370 Error = 5; 9371 if (Error != -1) { 9372 Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class) 9373 << VD->getDeclName() << Error; 9374 D->setInvalidDecl(); 9375 } 9376 } 9377 9378 StmtResult 9379 Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc, 9380 IdentifierInfo *Ident, 9381 ParsedAttributes &Attrs, 9382 SourceLocation AttrEnd) { 9383 // C++1y [stmt.iter]p1: 9384 // A range-based for statement of the form 9385 // for ( for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 9386 // is equivalent to 9387 // for ( auto&& for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 9388 DeclSpec DS(Attrs.getPool().getFactory()); 9389 9390 const char *PrevSpec; 9391 unsigned DiagID; 9392 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_auto, IdentLoc, PrevSpec, DiagID, 9393 getPrintingPolicy()); 9394 9395 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::ForContext); 9396 D.SetIdentifier(Ident, IdentLoc); 9397 D.takeAttributes(Attrs, AttrEnd); 9398 9399 ParsedAttributes EmptyAttrs(Attrs.getPool().getFactory()); 9400 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getReference(0, IdentLoc, /*lvalue*/false), 9401 EmptyAttrs, IdentLoc); 9402 Decl *Var = ActOnDeclarator(S, D); 9403 cast<VarDecl>(Var)->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 9404 FinalizeDeclaration(Var); 9405 return ActOnDeclStmt(FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(S, DS, Var), IdentLoc, 9406 AttrEnd.isValid() ? AttrEnd : IdentLoc); 9407 } 9408 9409 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) { 9410 if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return; 9411 9412 // In ARC, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a 9413 // local retaining variable. 9414 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 9415 var->hasLocalStorage()) { 9416 switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) { 9417 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 9418 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 9419 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 9420 break; 9421 9422 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 9423 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 9424 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 9425 break; 9426 } 9427 } 9428 9429 // Warn about externally-visible variables being defined without a 9430 // prior declaration. We only want to do this for global 9431 // declarations, but we also specifically need to avoid doing it for 9432 // class members because the linkage of an anonymous class can 9433 // change if it's later given a typedef name. 9434 if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 9435 var->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && 9436 var->isExternallyVisible() && var->hasLinkage() && 9437 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations, 9438 var->getLocation())) { 9439 // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition. 9440 VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl(); 9441 while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 9442 prev = prev->getPreviousDecl(); 9443 9444 if (!prev) 9445 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var; 9446 } 9447 9448 if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static) { 9449 const Expr *Culprit; 9450 if (var->getType().isDestructedType()) { 9451 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3: 9452 // The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not 9453 // have a non-trivial destructor. 9454 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor); 9455 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 9456 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 9457 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && var->hasInit() && 9458 !var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer( 9459 Context, var->getType()->isReferenceType(), &Culprit)) { 9460 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4: 9461 // An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic 9462 // initialization. 9463 // FIXME: Need strict checking here. 9464 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init) 9465 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 9466 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 9467 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 9468 } 9469 9470 } 9471 9472 if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 9473 ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 9474 PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> *Stack = nullptr; 9475 int SectionFlags = ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Read; 9476 if (var->getType().isConstQualified()) 9477 Stack = &ConstSegStack; 9478 else if (!var->getInit()) { 9479 Stack = &BSSSegStack; 9480 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write; 9481 } else { 9482 Stack = &DataSegStack; 9483 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write; 9484 } 9485 if (!var->hasAttr<SectionAttr>() && Stack->CurrentValue) 9486 var->addAttr( 9487 SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, 9488 Stack->CurrentValue->getString(), 9489 Stack->CurrentPragmaLocation)); 9490 if (const SectionAttr *SA = var->getAttr<SectionAttr>()) 9491 if (UnifySection(SA->getName(), SectionFlags, var)) 9492 var->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 9493 9494 // Apply the init_seg attribute if this has an initializer. If the 9495 // initializer turns out to not be dynamic, we'll end up ignoring this 9496 // attribute. 9497 if (CurInitSeg && var->getInit()) 9498 var->addAttr(InitSegAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, CurInitSeg->getString(), 9499 CurInitSegLoc)); 9500 } 9501 9502 // All the following checks are C++ only. 9503 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) return; 9504 9505 QualType type = var->getType(); 9506 if (type->isDependentType()) return; 9507 9508 // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer. 9509 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 9510 // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an 9511 // array type; should we diagnose that here? 9512 9513 // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when 9514 // constructing this copy. 9515 if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) { 9516 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope(*this, PotentiallyEvaluated); 9517 SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation(); 9518 Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi); 9519 ExprResult result 9520 = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization( 9521 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false), 9522 var, var->getType(), varRef, /*AllowNRVO=*/true); 9523 if (!result.isInvalid()) { 9524 result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result); 9525 Expr *init = result.getAs<Expr>(); 9526 Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init); 9527 } 9528 } 9529 } 9530 9531 Expr *Init = var->getInit(); 9532 bool IsGlobal = var->hasGlobalStorage() && !var->isStaticLocal(); 9533 QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type); 9534 9535 if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 9536 Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) { 9537 if (IsGlobal && !var->isConstexpr() && 9538 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_global_constructor, 9539 var->getLocation())) { 9540 // Warn about globals which don't have a constant initializer. Don't 9541 // warn about globals with a non-trivial destructor because we already 9542 // warned about them. 9543 CXXRecordDecl *RD = baseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 9544 if (!(RD && !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) && 9545 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, baseType->isReferenceType())) 9546 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 9547 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9548 } 9549 9550 if (var->isConstexpr()) { 9551 SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; 9552 if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) { 9553 SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation(); 9554 // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source 9555 // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic. 9556 if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() == 9557 diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) { 9558 DiagLoc = Notes[0].first; 9559 Notes.clear(); 9560 } 9561 Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init) 9562 << var << Init->getSourceRange(); 9563 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I) 9564 Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second); 9565 } 9566 } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) { 9567 // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or 9568 // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was 9569 // initialized by a constant expression if we check later. 9570 var->checkInitIsICE(); 9571 } 9572 } 9573 9574 // Require the destructor. 9575 if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>()) 9576 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType); 9577 } 9578 9579 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform 9580 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached. 9581 void 9582 Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) { 9583 // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration. 9584 ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl); 9585 9586 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl); 9587 if (!VD) 9588 return; 9589 9590 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *VD); 9591 9592 // Static locals inherit dll attributes from their function. 9593 if (VD->isStaticLocal()) { 9594 if (FunctionDecl *FD = 9595 dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod())) { 9596 if (Attr *A = getDLLAttr(FD)) { 9597 auto *NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(A->clone(getASTContext())); 9598 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 9599 VD->addAttr(NewAttr); 9600 } 9601 } 9602 } 9603 9604 // Grab the dllimport or dllexport attribute off of the VarDecl. 9605 const InheritableAttr *DLLAttr = getDLLAttr(VD); 9606 9607 // Imported static data members cannot be defined out-of-line. 9608 if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast_or_null<DLLImportAttr>(DLLAttr)) { 9609 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && VD->isOutOfLine() && 9610 VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 9611 // We allow definitions of dllimport class template static data members 9612 // with a warning. 9613 CXXRecordDecl *Context = 9614 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(VD->getFirstDecl()->getDeclContext()); 9615 bool IsClassTemplateMember = 9616 isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Context) || 9617 Context->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 9618 9619 Diag(VD->getLocation(), 9620 IsClassTemplateMember 9621 ? diag::warn_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition 9622 : diag::err_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition); 9623 Diag(IA->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); 9624 if (!IsClassTemplateMember) 9625 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 9626 } 9627 } 9628 9629 // dllimport/dllexport variables cannot be thread local, their TLS index 9630 // isn't exported with the variable. 9631 if (DLLAttr && VD->getTLSKind()) { 9632 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_thread_local) << VD 9633 << DLLAttr; 9634 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 9635 } 9636 9637 if (UsedAttr *Attr = VD->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 9638 if (!Attr->isInherited() && !VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 9639 Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << Attr; 9640 VD->dropAttr<UsedAttr>(); 9641 } 9642 } 9643 9644 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext(); 9645 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 9646 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 9647 if (DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && VD->isExternallyVisible()) 9648 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD); 9649 9650 // FIXME: Warn on unused templates. 9651 if (VD->isFileVarDecl() && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate() && 9652 !isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(VD)) 9653 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD); 9654 9655 // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic 9656 // tag values. 9657 if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() || 9658 !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 9659 return; 9660 9661 for (const auto *I : ThisDecl->specific_attrs<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) { 9662 const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit(); 9663 if (!MagicValueExpr) { 9664 continue; 9665 } 9666 llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt; 9667 if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) { 9668 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 9669 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice) 9670 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 9671 continue; 9672 } 9673 if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) { 9674 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 9675 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large) 9676 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 9677 continue; 9678 } 9679 uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue(); 9680 RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(), 9681 MagicValue, 9682 I->getMatchingCType(), 9683 I->getLayoutCompatible(), 9684 I->getMustBeNull()); 9685 } 9686 } 9687 9688 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 9689 ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 9690 SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 9691 9692 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 9693 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 9694 9695 DeclaratorDecl *FirstDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr; 9696 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) 9697 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) { 9698 if (DeclaratorDecl *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D)) 9699 if (!FirstDeclaratorInGroup) 9700 FirstDeclaratorInGroup = DD; 9701 Decls.push_back(D); 9702 } 9703 9704 if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) { 9705 if (TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) { 9706 HandleTagNumbering(*this, Tag, S); 9707 if (!Tag->hasNameForLinkage() && !Tag->hasDeclaratorForAnonDecl()) 9708 Tag->setDeclaratorForAnonDecl(FirstDeclaratorInGroup); 9709 } 9710 } 9711 9712 return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls, DS.containsPlaceholderType()); 9713 } 9714 9715 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration 9716 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking. 9717 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 9718 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group, 9719 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 9720 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7: 9721 // If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each 9722 // deduction, the program is ill-formed. 9723 // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed 9724 // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for. 9725 // auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 }; 9726 // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases. 9727 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Group.size() > 1) { 9728 QualType Deduced; 9729 CanQualType DeducedCanon; 9730 VarDecl *DeducedDecl = nullptr; 9731 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) { 9732 if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) { 9733 AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 9734 // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template. 9735 if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl()) 9736 break; 9737 QualType U = AT ? AT->getDeducedType() : QualType(); 9738 if (!U.isNull()) { 9739 CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U); 9740 if (Deduced.isNull()) { 9741 Deduced = U; 9742 DeducedCanon = UCanon; 9743 DeducedDecl = D; 9744 } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) { 9745 Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 9746 diag::err_auto_different_deductions) 9747 << (AT->isDecltypeAuto() ? 1 : 0) 9748 << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() 9749 << U << D->getDeclName() 9750 << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange() 9751 << D->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 9752 D->setInvalidDecl(); 9753 break; 9754 } 9755 } 9756 } 9757 } 9758 } 9759 9760 ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group); 9761 9762 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make( 9763 DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group.data(), Group.size())); 9764 } 9765 9766 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) { 9767 ActOnDocumentableDecls(D); 9768 } 9769 9770 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 9771 // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored. 9772 if (Group.empty() || !Group[0]) 9773 return; 9774 9775 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found, Group[0]->getLocation())) 9776 return; 9777 9778 if (Group.size() >= 2) { 9779 // This is a decl group. Normally it will contain only declarations 9780 // produced from declarator list. But in case we have any definitions or 9781 // additional declaration references: 9782 // 'typedef struct S {} S;' 9783 // 'typedef struct S *S;' 9784 // 'struct S *pS;' 9785 // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations. 9786 Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0]; 9787 if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) { 9788 Group = Group.slice(1); 9789 } 9790 } 9791 9792 // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl. 9793 ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments(); 9794 if (!Comments.empty() && 9795 !Comments.back()->isAttached()) { 9796 // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl. 9797 // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls? 9798 // 9799 // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the 9800 // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to 9801 // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked 9802 // ahead through comments. 9803 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) 9804 Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP); 9805 } 9806 } 9807 9808 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 9809 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 9810 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 9811 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 9812 9813 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 9814 9815 // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'. 9816 StorageClass SC = SC_None; 9817 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 9818 SC = SC_Register; 9819 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 9820 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) { 9821 SC = SC_Auto; 9822 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 9823 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 9824 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 9825 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 9826 } 9827 9828 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 9829 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread) 9830 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 9831 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) 9832 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 9833 << 0; 9834 9835 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 9836 9837 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 9838 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 9839 9840 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9841 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 9842 // parameter. 9843 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 9844 9845 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 9846 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 9847 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 9848 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 9849 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 9850 } 9851 } 9852 9853 // Ensure we have a valid name 9854 IdentifierInfo *II = nullptr; 9855 if (D.hasName()) { 9856 II = D.getIdentifier(); 9857 if (!II) { 9858 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) 9859 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 9860 D.setInvalidType(true); 9861 } 9862 } 9863 9864 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 9865 if (II) { 9866 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 9867 ForRedeclaration); 9868 LookupName(R, S); 9869 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 9870 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 9871 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 9872 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 9873 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 9874 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 9875 PrevDecl = nullptr; 9876 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 9877 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 9878 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 9879 9880 // Recover by removing the name 9881 II = nullptr; 9882 D.SetIdentifier(nullptr, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 9883 D.setInvalidType(true); 9884 } 9885 } 9886 } 9887 9888 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 9889 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 9890 // looking like class members in C++. 9891 ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 9892 D.getLocStart(), 9893 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 9894 parmDeclType, TInfo, 9895 SC); 9896 9897 if (D.isInvalidType()) 9898 New->setInvalidDecl(); 9899 9900 assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()); 9901 assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1); 9902 New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1, 9903 S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex()); 9904 9905 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 9906 S->AddDecl(New); 9907 if (II) 9908 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 9909 9910 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 9911 9912 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 9913 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 9914 << 1 << New->getDeclName() 9915 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 9916 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 9917 9918 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 9919 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 9920 } 9921 return New; 9922 } 9923 9924 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 9925 /// typedef. 9926 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 9927 SourceLocation Loc, 9928 QualType T) { 9929 /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc. 9930 Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source 9931 location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */ 9932 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, nullptr, 9933 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 9934 SC_None, nullptr); 9935 Param->setImplicit(); 9936 return Param; 9937 } 9938 9939 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 9940 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) { 9941 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 9942 // will already have done so in the template itself. 9943 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) 9944 return; 9945 9946 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 9947 if (!(*Param)->isReferenced() && (*Param)->getDeclName() && 9948 !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 9949 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 9950 << (*Param)->getDeclName(); 9951 } 9952 } 9953 } 9954 9955 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 9956 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd, 9957 QualType ReturnTy, 9958 NamedDecl *D) { 9959 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. 9960 return; 9961 9962 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 9963 // threshold. 9964 if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) { 9965 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); 9966 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 9967 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) 9968 << D->getDeclName() << Size; 9969 } 9970 9971 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 9972 // threshold. 9973 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 9974 QualType T = (*Param)->getType(); 9975 if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context)) 9976 continue; 9977 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); 9978 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 9979 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) 9980 << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size; 9981 } 9982 } 9983 9984 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 9985 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 9986 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 9987 StorageClass SC) { 9988 // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types. 9989 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 9990 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 9991 T->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 9992 9993 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime; 9994 9995 // Special cases for arrays: 9996 // - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained 9997 // - otherwise, it's an error 9998 if (T->isArrayType()) { 9999 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 10000 DelayedDiagnostics.add( 10001 sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType( 10002 NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false)); 10003 } 10004 lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; 10005 } else { 10006 lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 10007 } 10008 T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime); 10009 } 10010 10011 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name, 10012 Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T), 10013 TSInfo, SC, nullptr); 10014 10015 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 10016 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 10017 // the class has been completely parsed. 10018 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 10019 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 10020 AbstractParamType)) 10021 New->setInvalidDecl(); 10022 10023 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 10024 // passed by reference. 10025 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 10026 SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd(); 10027 Diag(NameLoc, 10028 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T 10029 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*"); 10030 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 10031 New->setType(T); 10032 } 10033 10034 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 10035 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 10036 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 10037 // an address space. 10038 if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 10039 // OpenCL allows function arguments declared to be an array of a type 10040 // to be qualified with an address space. 10041 if (!(getLangOpts().OpenCL && T->isArrayType())) { 10042 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 10043 New->setInvalidDecl(); 10044 } 10045 } 10046 10047 return New; 10048 } 10049 10050 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 10051 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 10052 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 10053 10054 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 10055 // for a K&R function. 10056 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 10057 for (int i = FTI.NumParams; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 10058 --i; 10059 if (FTI.Params[i].Param == nullptr) { 10060 SmallString<256> Code; 10061 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) 10062 << " int " << FTI.Params[i].Ident->getName() << ";\n"; 10063 Diag(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 10064 << FTI.Params[i].Ident 10065 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code.str()); 10066 10067 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 10068 // type. 10069 AttributeFactory attrs; 10070 DeclSpec DS(attrs); 10071 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 10072 unsigned DiagID; // unused 10073 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, PrevSpec, 10074 DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 10075 // Use the identifier location for the type source range. 10076 DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 10077 DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 10078 Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext); 10079 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.Params[i].Ident, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 10080 FTI.Params[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 10081 } 10082 } 10083 } 10084 } 10085 10086 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D) { 10087 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == nullptr && "Function parsing confused"); 10088 assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!"); 10089 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 10090 10091 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition); 10092 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 10093 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP); 10094 } 10095 10096 void Sema::ActOnFinishInlineMethodDef(CXXMethodDecl *D) { 10097 Consumer.HandleInlineMethodDefinition(D); 10098 } 10099 10100 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD, 10101 const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 10102 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 10103 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 10104 return false; 10105 10106 // Or declarations that aren't global. 10107 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 10108 return false; 10109 10110 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 10111 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 10112 return false; 10113 10114 // Don't warn about 'main'. 10115 if (FD->isMain()) 10116 return false; 10117 10118 // Don't warn about inline functions. 10119 if (FD->isInlined()) 10120 return false; 10121 10122 // Don't warn about function templates. 10123 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 10124 return false; 10125 10126 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 10127 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 10128 return false; 10129 10130 // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels. 10131 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) 10132 return false; 10133 10134 bool MissingPrototype = true; 10135 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl(); 10136 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) { 10137 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 10138 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 10139 if (Prev->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 10140 continue; 10141 10142 MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); 10143 if (FD->getNumParams() == 0) 10144 PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev; 10145 break; 10146 } 10147 10148 return MissingPrototype; 10149 } 10150 10151 void 10152 Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD, 10153 const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition) { 10154 // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition 10155 // was an extern inline function. 10156 const FunctionDecl *Definition = EffectiveDefinition; 10157 if (!Definition) 10158 if (!FD->isDefined(Definition)) 10159 return; 10160 10161 if (canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts())) 10162 return; 10163 10164 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 10165 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 10166 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 10167 << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 10168 else 10169 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); 10170 10171 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 10172 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10173 } 10174 10175 10176 static void RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, 10177 Sema &S) { 10178 CXXRecordDecl *const LambdaClass = CallOperator->getParent(); 10179 10180 LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = S.PushLambdaScope(); 10181 LSI->CallOperator = CallOperator; 10182 LSI->Lambda = LambdaClass; 10183 LSI->ReturnType = CallOperator->getReturnType(); 10184 const LambdaCaptureDefault LCD = LambdaClass->getLambdaCaptureDefault(); 10185 10186 if (LCD == LCD_None) 10187 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None; 10188 else if (LCD == LCD_ByCopy) 10189 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval; 10190 else if (LCD == LCD_ByRef) 10191 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref; 10192 DeclarationNameInfo DNI = CallOperator->getNameInfo(); 10193 10194 LSI->IntroducerRange = DNI.getCXXOperatorNameRange(); 10195 LSI->Mutable = !CallOperator->isConst(); 10196 10197 // Add the captures to the LSI so they can be noted as already 10198 // captured within tryCaptureVar. 10199 auto I = LambdaClass->field_begin(); 10200 for (const auto &C : LambdaClass->captures()) { 10201 if (C.capturesVariable()) { 10202 VarDecl *VD = C.getCapturedVar(); 10203 if (VD->isInitCapture()) 10204 S.CurrentInstantiationScope->InstantiatedLocal(VD, VD); 10205 QualType CaptureType = VD->getType(); 10206 const bool ByRef = C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_ByRef; 10207 LSI->addCapture(VD, /*IsBlock*/false, ByRef, 10208 /*RefersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture*/true, C.getLocation(), 10209 /*EllipsisLoc*/C.isPackExpansion() 10210 ? C.getEllipsisLoc() : SourceLocation(), 10211 CaptureType, /*Expr*/ nullptr); 10212 10213 } else if (C.capturesThis()) { 10214 LSI->addThisCapture(/*Nested*/ false, C.getLocation(), 10215 S.getCurrentThisType(), /*Expr*/ nullptr); 10216 } else { 10217 LSI->addVLATypeCapture(C.getLocation(), I->getType()); 10218 } 10219 ++I; 10220 } 10221 } 10222 10223 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) { 10224 // Clear the last template instantiation error context. 10225 LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation(); 10226 10227 if (!D) 10228 return D; 10229 FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr; 10230 10231 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 10232 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 10233 else 10234 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 10235 // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator, push 10236 // a LambdaScopeInfo onto the function stack. But use the information 10237 // that's already been calculated (ActOnLambdaExpr) to prime the current 10238 // LambdaScopeInfo. 10239 // When the template operator is being specialized, the LambdaScopeInfo, 10240 // has to be properly restored so that tryCaptureVariable doesn't try 10241 // and capture any new variables. In addition when calculating potential 10242 // captures during transformation of nested lambdas, it is necessary to 10243 // have the LSI properly restored. 10244 if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(FD)) { 10245 assert(ActiveTemplateInstantiations.size() && 10246 "There should be an active template instantiation on the stack " 10247 "when instantiating a generic lambda!"); 10248 RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), *this); 10249 } 10250 else 10251 // Enter a new function scope 10252 PushFunctionScope(); 10253 10254 // See if this is a redefinition. 10255 if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed()) 10256 CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD); 10257 10258 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 10259 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 10260 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) && 10261 !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) { 10262 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 10263 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10264 } 10265 } 10266 10267 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 10268 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 10269 QualType ResultType = FD->getReturnType(); 10270 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 10271 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 10272 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 10273 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 10274 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10275 10276 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 10277 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 10278 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 10279 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 10280 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 10281 const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = nullptr; 10282 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) { 10283 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 10284 10285 if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 10286 // We found a declaration that is not a prototype, 10287 // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype 10288 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = 10289 PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo()) { 10290 TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc(); 10291 if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>()) 10292 Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(), 10293 diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype) 10294 << PossibleZeroParamPrototype 10295 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void"); 10296 } 10297 } 10298 } 10299 10300 if (FnBodyScope) 10301 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 10302 10303 // Check the validity of our function parameters 10304 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 10305 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); 10306 10307 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 10308 for (auto Param : FD->params()) { 10309 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 10310 10311 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 10312 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 10313 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 10314 10315 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 10316 } 10317 } 10318 10319 // If we had any tags defined in the function prototype, 10320 // introduce them into the function scope. 10321 if (FnBodyScope) { 10322 for (ArrayRef<NamedDecl *>::iterator 10323 I = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().begin(), 10324 E = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().end(); 10325 I != E; ++I) { 10326 NamedDecl *D = *I; 10327 10328 // Some of these decls (like enums) may have been pinned to the translation unit 10329 // for lack of a real context earlier. If so, remove from the translation unit 10330 // and reattach to the current context. 10331 if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() == Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()) { 10332 // Is the decl actually in the context? 10333 for (const auto *DI : Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls()) { 10334 if (DI == D) { 10335 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->removeDecl(D); 10336 break; 10337 } 10338 } 10339 // Either way, reassign the lexical decl context to our FunctionDecl. 10340 D->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 10341 } 10342 10343 // If the decl has a non-null name, make accessible in the current scope. 10344 if (!D->getName().empty()) 10345 PushOnScopeChains(D, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 10346 10347 // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them 10348 // accessible in this scope. 10349 if (auto *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) { 10350 for (auto *EI : ED->enumerators()) 10351 PushOnScopeChains(EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 10352 } 10353 } 10354 } 10355 10356 // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated. 10357 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 10358 ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT); 10359 10360 // dllimport cannot be applied to non-inline function definitions. 10361 if (FD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !FD->isInlined() && 10362 !FD->isTemplateInstantiation()) { 10363 assert(!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>()); 10364 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_function_definition); 10365 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10366 return D; 10367 } 10368 // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be 10369 // a function template). 10370 ActOnDocumentableDecl(D); 10371 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 10372 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl && 10373 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCImplementation) 10374 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_function_def_in_objc_container); 10375 10376 return D; 10377 } 10378 10379 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body, 10380 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 10381 /// optimization. 10382 /// 10383 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 10384 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 10385 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 10386 /// use the named return value optimization. 10387 /// 10388 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 10389 /// statement in the scope of a variable has the same NRVO candidate, that 10390 /// candidate is an NRVO variable. 10391 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 10392 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 10393 10394 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 10395 if (const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) { 10396 if (!NRVOCandidate->isNRVOVariable()) 10397 Returns[I]->setNRVOCandidate(nullptr); 10398 } 10399 } 10400 } 10401 10402 bool Sema::canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D) { 10403 // We can't delay parsing the body of a constexpr function template (yet). 10404 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 10405 return false; 10406 10407 // We can't delay parsing the body of a function template with a deduced 10408 // return type (yet). 10409 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType()) { 10410 // If the placeholder introduces a non-deduced trailing return type, 10411 // we can still delay parsing it. 10412 if (D.getNumTypeObjects()) { 10413 const auto &Outer = D.getTypeObject(D.getNumTypeObjects() - 1); 10414 if (Outer.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function && 10415 Outer.Fun.hasTrailingReturnType()) { 10416 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Outer.Fun.getTrailingReturnType()); 10417 return Ty.isNull() || !Ty->isUndeducedType(); 10418 } 10419 } 10420 return false; 10421 } 10422 10423 return true; 10424 } 10425 10426 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) { 10427 // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is 10428 // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the 10429 // rest of the file. 10430 // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type, 10431 // because any callers of that function need to know the type. 10432 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction()) 10433 if (FD->isConstexpr() || FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) 10434 return false; 10435 return Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D); 10436 } 10437 10438 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) { 10439 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(Decl)) 10440 FD->setHasSkippedBody(); 10441 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl)) 10442 MD->setHasSkippedBody(); 10443 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl, nullptr); 10444 } 10445 10446 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 10447 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false); 10448 } 10449 10450 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 10451 bool IsInstantiation) { 10452 FunctionDecl *FD = dcl ? dcl->getAsFunction() : nullptr; 10453 10454 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 10455 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = nullptr; 10456 10457 if (FD) { 10458 FD->setBody(Body); 10459 10460 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body && 10461 !FD->isDependentContext() && FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 10462 // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return' 10463 // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and 10464 // the deduced result type is 'void'. 10465 if (!FD->getReturnType()->getAs<AutoType>()) { 10466 Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto) 10467 << FD->getReturnType(); 10468 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10469 } else { 10470 // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type. 10471 TypeLoc ResultType = getReturnTypeLoc(FD); 10472 Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType( 10473 FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy)); 10474 } 10475 } 10476 10477 // The only way to be included in UndefinedButUsed is if there is an 10478 // ODR use before the definition. Avoid the expensive map lookup if this 10479 // is the first declaration. 10480 if (!FD->isFirstDecl() && FD->getPreviousDecl()->isUsed()) { 10481 if (!FD->isExternallyVisible()) 10482 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 10483 else if (FD->isInlined() && 10484 (LangOpts.CPlusPlus || !LangOpts.GNUInline) && 10485 (!FD->getPreviousDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())) 10486 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 10487 } 10488 10489 // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked, 10490 // don't complain about missing return statements. 10491 if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) 10492 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 10493 10494 // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition, 10495 // defined at class scope, warn about this non-standard construct. 10496 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure() && FD->isCanonicalDecl()) 10497 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_pure_function_definition); 10498 10499 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 10500 // Don't diagnose unused parameters of defaulted or deleted functions. 10501 if (Body) 10502 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end()); 10503 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 10504 FD->getReturnType(), FD); 10505 10506 // If this is a structor, we need a vtable. 10507 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 10508 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 10509 else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(FD)) 10510 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Destructor->getParent()); 10511 10512 // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check 10513 // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around 10514 // to deduce an implicit return type. 10515 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getReturnType()->isRecordType() && 10516 !FD->isDependentContext()) 10517 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 10518 } 10519 10520 assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) && 10521 "Function parsing confused"); 10522 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 10523 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 10524 MD->setBody(Body); 10525 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { 10526 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end()); 10527 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(), 10528 MD->getReturnType(), MD); 10529 10530 if (Body) 10531 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 10532 } 10533 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) { 10534 Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call) 10535 << MD->getSelector().getAsString(); 10536 getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false; 10537 } 10538 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain) { 10539 const ObjCMethodDecl *InitMethod = nullptr; 10540 bool isDesignated = 10541 MD->isDesignatedInitializerForTheInterface(&InitMethod); 10542 assert(isDesignated && InitMethod); 10543 (void)isDesignated; 10544 10545 auto superIsNSObject = [&](const ObjCMethodDecl *MD) { 10546 auto IFace = MD->getClassInterface(); 10547 if (!IFace) 10548 return false; 10549 auto SuperD = IFace->getSuperClass(); 10550 if (!SuperD) 10551 return false; 10552 return SuperD->getIdentifier() == 10553 NSAPIObj->getNSClassId(NSAPI::ClassId_NSObject); 10554 }; 10555 // Don't issue this warning for unavailable inits or direct subclasses 10556 // of NSObject. 10557 if (!MD->isUnavailable() && !superIsNSObject(MD)) { 10558 Diag(MD->getLocation(), 10559 diag::warn_objc_designated_init_missing_super_call); 10560 Diag(InitMethod->getLocation(), 10561 diag::note_objc_designated_init_marked_here); 10562 } 10563 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain = false; 10564 } 10565 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation) { 10566 // Don't issue this warning for unavaialable inits. 10567 if (!MD->isUnavailable()) 10568 Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_objc_secondary_init_missing_init_call); 10569 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation = false; 10570 } 10571 } else { 10572 return nullptr; 10573 } 10574 10575 assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper && 10576 "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been " 10577 "handled in the block above."); 10578 10579 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 10580 if (Body) { 10581 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 10582 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 10583 // Verify this. 10584 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 10585 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 10586 10587 // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 10588 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && 10589 !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled()) 10590 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 10591 10592 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 10593 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 10594 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 10595 10596 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 10597 Destructor->getParent()); 10598 } 10599 10600 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 10601 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 10602 // deletion in some later function. 10603 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() || 10604 getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) { 10605 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 10606 } 10607 if (!getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() && 10608 !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 10609 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 10610 // enabled. 10611 ActivePolicy = &WP; 10612 } 10613 10614 if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 10615 (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) || 10616 !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body))) 10617 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10618 10619 if (FD && FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) { 10620 for (const Stmt *S : Body->children()) { 10621 if (!isa<AsmStmt>(S) && !isa<NullStmt>(S)) { 10622 Diag(S->getLocStart(), diag::err_non_asm_stmt_in_naked_function); 10623 Diag(FD->getAttr<NakedAttr>()->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); 10624 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10625 break; 10626 } 10627 } 10628 } 10629 10630 assert(ExprCleanupObjects.size() == ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects 10631 && "Leftover temporaries in function"); 10632 assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function"); 10633 assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() && 10634 "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking"); 10635 } 10636 10637 if (!IsInstantiation) 10638 PopDeclContext(); 10639 10640 PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl); 10641 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 10642 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 10643 // deletion in some later function. 10644 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) { 10645 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 10646 } 10647 10648 return dcl; 10649 } 10650 10651 10652 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the 10653 /// relevant Decl. 10654 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, 10655 ParsedAttributes &Attrs) { 10656 // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl. 10657 if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) 10658 D = TD->getTemplatedDecl(); 10659 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList()); 10660 10661 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 10662 if (Method->isStatic()) 10663 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method); 10664 } 10665 10666 10667 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 10668 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 10669 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 10670 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 10671 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 10672 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 10673 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 10674 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 10675 if (NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II)) { 10676 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << ExternCPrev; 10677 Diag(ExternCPrev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10678 return ExternCPrev; 10679 } 10680 10681 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 10682 unsigned diag_id; 10683 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 10684 diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown; 10685 else if (getLangOpts().C99) 10686 diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl; 10687 else 10688 diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl; 10689 Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II; 10690 10691 // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit 10692 // function declaration is going to be treated as an error. 10693 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) { 10694 TypoCorrection Corrected; 10695 if (S && 10696 (Corrected = CorrectTypo( 10697 DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, nullptr, 10698 llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl>>(), CTK_NonError))) 10699 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::note_function_suggestion), 10700 /*ErrorRecovery*/false); 10701 } 10702 10703 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 10704 const char *Dummy; 10705 AttributeFactory attrFactory; 10706 DeclSpec DS(attrFactory); 10707 unsigned DiagID; 10708 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID, 10709 Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 10710 (void)Error; // Silence warning. 10711 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 10712 SourceLocation NoLoc; 10713 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext); 10714 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false, 10715 /*IsAmbiguous=*/false, 10716 /*LParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 10717 /*Params=*/nullptr, 10718 /*NumParams=*/0, 10719 /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc, 10720 /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 10721 /*TypeQuals=*/0, 10722 /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true, 10723 /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 10724 /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 10725 /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 10726 /*RestrictQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 10727 /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc, 10728 EST_None, 10729 /*ESpecLoc=*/NoLoc, 10730 /*Exceptions=*/nullptr, 10731 /*ExceptionRanges=*/nullptr, 10732 /*NumExceptions=*/0, 10733 /*NoexceptExpr=*/nullptr, 10734 /*ExceptionSpecTokens=*/nullptr, 10735 Loc, Loc, D), 10736 DS.getAttributes(), 10737 SourceLocation()); 10738 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 10739 10740 // Insert this function into translation-unit scope. 10741 10742 DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext; 10743 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 10744 10745 FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D)); 10746 FD->setImplicit(); 10747 10748 CurContext = PrevDC; 10749 10750 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 10751 10752 return FD; 10753 } 10754 10755 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 10756 /// the declaration of this function. 10757 /// 10758 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 10759 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 10760 /// like NSLog or printf. 10761 /// 10762 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written 10763 /// attributes are applied to declarations. 10764 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 10765 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 10766 return; 10767 10768 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 10769 // actual attributes. 10770 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 10771 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 10772 unsigned FormatIdx; 10773 bool HasVAListArg; 10774 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 10775 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 10776 const char *fmt = "printf"; 10777 unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); 10778 if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf) 10779 FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 10780 fmt = "NSString"; 10781 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 10782 &Context.Idents.get(fmt), 10783 FormatIdx+1, 10784 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 10785 FD->getLocation())); 10786 } 10787 } 10788 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 10789 HasVAListArg)) { 10790 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 10791 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 10792 &Context.Idents.get("scanf"), 10793 FormatIdx+1, 10794 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 10795 FD->getLocation())); 10796 } 10797 10798 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only 10799 // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows 10800 // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions. 10801 if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno && 10802 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) { 10803 if (!FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) 10804 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 10805 } 10806 10807 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) && 10808 !FD->hasAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>()) 10809 FD->addAttr(ReturnsTwiceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 10810 FD->getLocation())); 10811 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) 10812 FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 10813 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) 10814 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 10815 } 10816 10817 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 10818 if (!Name) 10819 return; 10820 if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 10821 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 10822 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 10823 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 10824 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 10825 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 10826 // about. 10827 } else 10828 return; 10829 10830 if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 10831 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 10832 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 10833 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 10834 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 10835 &Context.Idents.get("printf"), 2, 10836 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3, 10837 FD->getLocation())); 10838 } 10839 10840 if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) { 10841 // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString, 10842 // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that. 10843 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatArgAttr>()) 10844 FD->addAttr(FormatArgAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 1, 10845 FD->getLocation())); 10846 } 10847 } 10848 10849 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 10850 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 10851 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 10852 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 10853 10854 if (!TInfo) { 10855 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 10856 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 10857 } 10858 10859 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 10860 TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 10861 D.getLocStart(), 10862 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 10863 D.getIdentifier(), 10864 TInfo); 10865 10866 // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration. 10867 if (D.isInvalidType()) { 10868 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 10869 return NewTD; 10870 } 10871 10872 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 10873 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 10874 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 10875 << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName() 10876 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 10877 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 10878 else 10879 NewTD->setModulePrivate(); 10880 } 10881 10882 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8: 10883 // If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or 10884 // enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration 10885 // to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the 10886 // class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only. 10887 // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration. 10888 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) { 10889 case TST_enum: 10890 case TST_struct: 10891 case TST_interface: 10892 case TST_union: 10893 case TST_class: { 10894 TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl()); 10895 10896 // Do nothing if the tag is not anonymous or already has an 10897 // associated typedef (from an earlier typedef in this decl group). 10898 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getIdentifier()) break; 10899 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) break; 10900 10901 // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition. 10902 assert(tagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition()); 10903 10904 // The type must match the tag exactly; no qualifiers allowed. 10905 if (!Context.hasSameType(T, Context.getTagDeclType(tagFromDeclSpec))) 10906 break; 10907 10908 // If we've already computed linkage for the anonymous tag, then 10909 // adding a typedef name for the anonymous decl can change that 10910 // linkage, which might be a serious problem. Diagnose this as 10911 // unsupported and ignore the typedef name. TODO: we should 10912 // pursue this as a language defect and establish a formal rule 10913 // for how to handle it. 10914 if (tagFromDeclSpec->hasLinkageBeenComputed()) { 10915 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typedef_changes_linkage); 10916 10917 SourceLocation tagLoc = D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc(); 10918 tagLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(tagLoc); 10919 10920 llvm::SmallString<40> textToInsert; 10921 textToInsert += ' '; 10922 textToInsert += D.getIdentifier()->getName(); 10923 Diag(tagLoc, diag::note_typedef_changes_linkage) 10924 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(tagLoc, textToInsert); 10925 break; 10926 } 10927 10928 // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag. 10929 tagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD); 10930 break; 10931 } 10932 10933 default: 10934 break; 10935 } 10936 10937 return NewTD; 10938 } 10939 10940 10941 /// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration. 10942 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) { 10943 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 10944 QualType T = TI->getType(); 10945 10946 if (T->isDependentType()) 10947 return false; 10948 10949 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 10950 if (BT->isInteger()) 10951 return false; 10952 10953 Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T; 10954 return true; 10955 } 10956 10957 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration. 10958 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid. 10959 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, 10960 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, 10961 const EnumDecl *Prev) { 10962 bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull(); 10963 10964 if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) { 10965 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) 10966 << Prev->isScoped(); 10967 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10968 return true; 10969 } 10970 10971 if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) { 10972 if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() && 10973 !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() && 10974 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy, 10975 Prev->getIntegerType())) { 10976 // TODO: Highlight the underlying type of the redeclaration. 10977 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) 10978 << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType(); 10979 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration) 10980 << Prev->getIntegerTypeRange(); 10981 return true; 10982 } 10983 } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) { 10984 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) 10985 << Prev->isFixed(); 10986 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10987 return true; 10988 } 10989 10990 return false; 10991 } 10992 10993 /// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for 10994 /// redeclaration diagnostic message. 10995 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only! 10996 /// 10997 /// \returns diagnostic %select index. 10998 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) { 10999 switch (Tag) { 11000 case TTK_Struct: return 0; 11001 case TTK_Interface: return 1; 11002 case TTK_Class: return 2; 11003 default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!"); 11004 } 11005 } 11006 11007 /// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with 11008 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface). 11009 /// 11010 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible. 11011 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) 11012 { 11013 return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface; 11014 } 11015 11016 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 11017 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 11018 /// 11019 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 11020 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 11021 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 11022 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 11023 const IdentifierInfo &Name) { 11024 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 11025 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 11026 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 11027 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 11028 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 11029 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 11030 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 11031 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 11032 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 11033 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 11034 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 11035 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 11036 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 11037 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 11038 if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) 11039 if (OldTag == NewTag) 11040 return true; 11041 11042 if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) { 11043 // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch. 11044 bool isTemplate = false; 11045 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 11046 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 11047 11048 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 11049 // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches 11050 // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem. 11051 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 11052 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 11053 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 11054 return true; 11055 } 11056 11057 if (isDefinition) { 11058 // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each 11059 // one that doesn't match the current tag. 11060 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 11061 // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions. 11062 return true; 11063 } 11064 11065 bool previousMismatch = false; 11066 for (auto I : Previous->redecls()) { 11067 if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) { 11068 if (!previousMismatch) { 11069 previousMismatch = true; 11070 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch) 11071 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 11072 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind()); 11073 } 11074 Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 11075 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) 11076 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(), 11077 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag)); 11078 } 11079 } 11080 return true; 11081 } 11082 11083 // Check for a previous definition. If current tag and definition 11084 // are same type, do nothing. If no definition, but disagree with 11085 // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it. 11086 const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ? 11087 Previous->getDefinition() : Previous; 11088 if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) { 11089 return true; 11090 } 11091 11092 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 11093 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 11094 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 11095 Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 11096 11097 // If there is a previous definition, suggest a fix-it. 11098 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 11099 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 11100 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind()) 11101 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 11102 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind())); 11103 } 11104 11105 return true; 11106 } 11107 return false; 11108 } 11109 11110 /// Add a minimal nested name specifier fixit hint to allow lookup of a tag name 11111 /// from an outer enclosing namespace or file scope inside a friend declaration. 11112 /// This should provide the commented out code in the following snippet: 11113 /// namespace N { 11114 /// struct X; 11115 /// namespace M { 11116 /// struct Y { friend struct /*N::*/ X; }; 11117 /// } 11118 /// } 11119 static FixItHint createFriendTagNNSFixIt(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S, 11120 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 11121 // While the decl is in a namespace, do repeated lookup of that name and see 11122 // if we get the same namespace back. If we do not, continue until 11123 // translation unit scope, at which point we have a fully qualified NNS. 11124 SmallVector<IdentifierInfo *, 4> Namespaces; 11125 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 11126 for (; !DC->isTranslationUnit(); DC = DC->getParent()) { 11127 // This tag should be declared in a namespace, which can only be enclosed by 11128 // other namespaces. Bail if there's an anonymous namespace in the chain. 11129 NamespaceDecl *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 11130 if (!Namespace || Namespace->isAnonymousNamespace()) 11131 return FixItHint(); 11132 IdentifierInfo *II = Namespace->getIdentifier(); 11133 Namespaces.push_back(II); 11134 NamedDecl *Lookup = SemaRef.LookupSingleName( 11135 S, II, NameLoc, Sema::LookupNestedNameSpecifierName); 11136 if (Lookup == Namespace) 11137 break; 11138 } 11139 11140 // Once we have all the namespaces, reverse them to go outermost first, and 11141 // build an NNS. 11142 SmallString<64> Insertion; 11143 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Insertion); 11144 if (DC->isTranslationUnit()) 11145 OS << "::"; 11146 std::reverse(Namespaces.begin(), Namespaces.end()); 11147 for (auto *II : Namespaces) 11148 OS << II->getName() << "::"; 11149 OS.flush(); 11150 return FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, Insertion); 11151 } 11152 11153 /// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 11154 /// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 11155 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 11156 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 11157 /// 11158 /// IsTypeSpecifier is true if this is a type-specifier (or 11159 /// trailing-type-specifier) other than one in an alias-declaration. 11160 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 11161 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 11162 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 11163 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 11164 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 11165 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 11166 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 11167 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 11168 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, 11169 TypeResult UnderlyingType, 11170 bool IsTypeSpecifier) { 11171 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 11172 IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name; 11173 assert((Name != nullptr || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 11174 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 11175 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); 11176 11177 OwnedDecl = false; 11178 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 11179 bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid(); 11180 11181 // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully. 11182 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 11183 bool Invalid = false; 11184 11185 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters 11186 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work 11187 // for non-C++ cases. 11188 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 || 11189 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { 11190 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 11191 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 11192 KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, nullptr, TemplateParameterLists, 11193 TUK == TUK_Friend, isExplicitSpecialization, Invalid)) { 11194 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 11195 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template); 11196 return nullptr; 11197 } 11198 11199 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 11200 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 11201 // be a member of another template). 11202 11203 if (Invalid) 11204 return nullptr; 11205 11206 OwnedDecl = false; 11207 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, 11208 SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr, 11209 TemplateParams, AS, 11210 ModulePrivateLoc, 11211 /*FriendLoc*/SourceLocation(), 11212 TemplateParameterLists.size()-1, 11213 TemplateParameterLists.data()); 11214 return Result.get(); 11215 } else { 11216 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 11217 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 11218 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 11219 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 11220 } 11221 } 11222 } 11223 11224 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do 11225 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible 11226 // redeclaration. 11227 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; 11228 11229 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 11230 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) 11231 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the 11232 // type, default to int. 11233 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 11234 else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { 11235 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an 11236 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. 11237 TypeSourceInfo *TI = nullptr; 11238 GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); 11239 EnumUnderlying = TI; 11240 11241 if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI)) 11242 // Recover by falling back to int. 11243 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 11244 11245 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI, 11246 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType)) 11247 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 11248 11249 } else if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 11250 // Microsoft enums are always of int type. 11251 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 11252 } 11253 11254 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 11255 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 11256 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 11257 11258 RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration; 11259 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 11260 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 11261 11262 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 11263 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 11264 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 11265 11266 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 11267 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 11268 Name = nullptr; 11269 goto CreateNewDecl; 11270 } 11271 11272 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 11273 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 11274 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 11275 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 11276 if (!DC) { 11277 IsDependent = true; 11278 return nullptr; 11279 } 11280 } else { 11281 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 11282 if (!DC) { 11283 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 11284 << SS.getRange(); 11285 return nullptr; 11286 } 11287 } 11288 11289 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 11290 return nullptr; 11291 11292 SearchDC = DC; 11293 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 11294 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 11295 11296 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 11297 return nullptr; 11298 11299 if (Previous.empty()) { 11300 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 11301 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 11302 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 11303 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 11304 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 11305 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. 11306 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && 11307 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 11308 IsDependent = true; 11309 return nullptr; 11310 } 11311 11312 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 11313 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 11314 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 11315 Name = nullptr; 11316 Invalid = true; 11317 goto CreateNewDecl; 11318 } 11319 } else if (Name) { 11320 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 11321 // declaration or definition. 11322 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 11323 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 11324 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 11325 LookupName(Previous, S); 11326 11327 // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced 11328 // by types using'ed into this scope. 11329 if (Previous.isAmbiguous() && 11330 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) { 11331 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 11332 while (F.hasNext()) { 11333 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 11334 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC) 11335 F.erase(); 11336 } 11337 F.done(); 11338 } 11339 11340 // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3: 11341 // If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor 11342 // a template-id and the declaration is a function or an 11343 // elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether 11344 // the entity has been previously declared shall not consider 11345 // any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace. 11346 // 11347 // MSVC doesn't implement the above rule for types, so a friend tag 11348 // declaration may be a redeclaration of a type declared in an enclosing 11349 // scope. They do implement this rule for friend functions. 11350 // 11351 // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by 11352 // semantic context? 11353 if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) { 11354 DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 11355 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 11356 bool FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = false; 11357 while (F.hasNext()) { 11358 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 11359 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 11360 if (DC->isFileContext() && 11361 !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) { 11362 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 11363 FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = true; 11364 else 11365 F.erase(); 11366 } 11367 } 11368 F.done(); 11369 11370 // Diagnose this MSVC extension in the easy case where lookup would have 11371 // unambiguously found something outside the enclosing namespace. 11372 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace) { 11373 NamedDecl *ND = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 11374 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_friend_tag_redecl_outside_namespace) 11375 << createFriendTagNNSFixIt(*this, ND, S, NameLoc); 11376 } 11377 } 11378 11379 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 11380 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 11381 return nullptr; 11382 11383 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 11384 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 11385 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 11386 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 11387 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 11388 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 11389 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 11390 } 11391 } 11392 11393 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 11394 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 11395 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 11396 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 11397 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 11398 Previous.clear(); 11399 } 11400 11401 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 11402 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 11403 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 11404 isStdBadAlloc = true; 11405 11406 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) { 11407 // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 11408 // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 11409 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 11410 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 11411 } 11412 } 11413 11414 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 11415 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 11416 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 11417 // there's a shadow friend decl. 11418 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 11419 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 11420 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 11421 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 11422 11423 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) { 11424 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 11425 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 11426 // 11427 // class-key identifier 11428 // 11429 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 11430 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 11431 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 11432 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 11433 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 11434 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 11435 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 11436 // declaration. 11437 // 11438 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 11439 // C structs and unions. 11440 // 11441 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 11442 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 11443 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 11444 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 11445 // 11446 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 11447 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 11448 // 11449 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 11450 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 11451 // lexical context, 11452 while (!SearchDC->isFileContext() && !SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 11453 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 11454 11455 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 11456 while (S->isClassScope() || 11457 (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 11458 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 11459 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 11460 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext())) 11461 S = S->getParent(); 11462 } else { 11463 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 11464 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 11465 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 11466 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 11467 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 11468 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 11469 } 11470 11471 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 11472 // diagnose some problems. 11473 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11474 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 11475 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 11476 } 11477 } 11478 11479 if (!Previous.empty()) { 11480 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 11481 NamedDecl *DirectPrevDecl = 11482 getLangOpts().MSVCCompat ? *Previous.begin() : PrevDecl; 11483 11484 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 11485 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 11486 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 11487 // in C++. 11488 // 11489 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 11490 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 11491 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 11492 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 11493 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11494 if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 11495 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 11496 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 11497 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 11498 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 11499 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 11500 PrevDecl = Tag; 11501 Previous.clear(); 11502 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 11503 Previous.resolveKind(); 11504 } 11505 } 11506 } 11507 } 11508 11509 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 11510 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 11511 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 11512 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 11513 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 11514 isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 11515 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) { 11516 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 11517 // struct or something similar. 11518 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, 11519 TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc, 11520 *Name)) { 11521 bool SafeToContinue 11522 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 11523 Kind != TTK_Enum); 11524 if (SafeToContinue) 11525 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 11526 << Name 11527 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 11528 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 11529 else 11530 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 11531 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 11532 11533 if (SafeToContinue) 11534 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 11535 else { 11536 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 11537 Name = nullptr; 11538 Previous.clear(); 11539 Invalid = true; 11540 } 11541 } 11542 11543 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { 11544 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); 11545 11546 // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration, 11547 // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted. 11548 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 11549 if (ScopedEnum) 11550 Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference) 11551 << PrevEnum->isScoped() 11552 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc); 11553 return PrevTagDecl; 11554 } 11555 11556 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy; 11557 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 11558 EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); 11559 else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>()) 11560 EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0); 11561 11562 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by 11563 // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition, 11564 // in which case we want the caller to bail out. 11565 if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, 11566 ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, PrevEnum)) 11567 return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : nullptr; 11568 } 11569 11570 // C++11 [class.mem]p1: 11571 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification, 11572 // except that a nested class or member class template can be declared 11573 // and then later defined. 11574 if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() && 11575 S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 11576 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared); 11577 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11578 } 11579 11580 if (!Invalid) { 11581 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found, unless 11582 // we have attributes. 11583 11584 // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue 11585 // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it. 11586 // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will 11587 // need to be changed with DeclGroups. 11588 if (!Attr && 11589 ((TUK == TUK_Reference && 11590 (!PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() || getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)) 11591 || TUK == TUK_Friend)) 11592 return PrevTagDecl; 11593 11594 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 11595 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 11596 if (TagDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 11597 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 11598 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 11599 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 11600 bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false; 11601 if (isExplicitSpecialization) { 11602 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)) 11603 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 11604 RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 11605 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 11606 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def)) 11607 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 11608 ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 11609 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 11610 } 11611 11612 if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) { 11613 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't 11614 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning. 11615 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope()) 11616 Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name; 11617 else 11618 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 11619 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 11620 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 11621 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 11622 // references get the previous definition. 11623 Name = nullptr; 11624 Previous.clear(); 11625 Invalid = true; 11626 } 11627 } else { 11628 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 11629 // about a nested redefinition. 11630 auto *TD = Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)->getAsTagDecl(); 11631 if (TD->isBeingDefined()) { 11632 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 11633 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 11634 diag::note_previous_definition); 11635 Name = nullptr; 11636 Previous.clear(); 11637 Invalid = true; 11638 } 11639 } 11640 11641 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 11642 // tag. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 11643 } 11644 11645 // Okay, we're going to make a redeclaration. If this is some kind 11646 // of reference, make sure we build the redeclaration in the same DC 11647 // as the original, and ignore the current access specifier. 11648 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 11649 SearchDC = PrevTagDecl->getDeclContext(); 11650 AS = AS_none; 11651 } 11652 } 11653 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 11654 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 11655 11656 } else { 11657 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 11658 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 11659 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 11660 // have distinct types. 11661 Previous.clear(); 11662 } 11663 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 11664 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 11665 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 11666 11667 11668 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 11669 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 11670 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 11671 } else { 11672 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 11673 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 11674 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 11675 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 11676 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 11677 unsigned Kind = 0; 11678 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 11679 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 11680 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 11681 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind; 11682 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 11683 Invalid = true; 11684 11685 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 11686 } else if (!isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 11687 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) { 11688 // do nothing 11689 11690 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 11691 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 11692 unsigned Kind = 0; 11693 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 11694 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 11695 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 11696 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind; 11697 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 11698 Invalid = true; 11699 11700 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 11701 // case here. 11702 } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 11703 unsigned Kind = 0; 11704 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 11705 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 11706 << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType(); 11707 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 11708 Invalid = true; 11709 11710 // Otherwise, diagnose. 11711 } else { 11712 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 11713 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 11714 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 11715 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 11716 Name = nullptr; 11717 Invalid = true; 11718 } 11719 11720 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 11721 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 11722 Previous.clear(); 11723 } 11724 } 11725 11726 CreateNewDecl: 11727 11728 TagDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 11729 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 11730 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 11731 11732 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 11733 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 11734 // keyword. 11735 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 11736 11737 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 11738 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 11739 // PrevDecl. 11740 TagDecl *New; 11741 11742 bool IsForwardReference = false; 11743 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 11744 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 11745 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 11746 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 11747 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, 11748 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull()); 11749 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 11750 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 11751 TagDecl *Def; 11752 if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || getLangOpts().ObjC2) && 11753 cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { 11754 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. 11755 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. 11756 } 11757 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 11758 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 11759 << New; 11760 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 11761 } else { 11762 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 11763 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 11764 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 11765 else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 11766 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 11767 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 11768 11769 // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a 11770 // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into 11771 // the declaration context. 11772 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) 11773 IsForwardReference = true; 11774 } 11775 } 11776 11777 if (EnumUnderlying) { 11778 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 11779 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 11780 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 11781 else 11782 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); 11783 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 11784 } 11785 11786 } else { 11787 // struct/union/class 11788 11789 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 11790 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 11791 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11792 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 11793 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 11794 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 11795 11796 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 11797 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 11798 } else 11799 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 11800 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 11801 } 11802 11803 // C++11 [dcl.type]p3: 11804 // A type-specifier-seq shall not define a class or enumeration [...]. 11805 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && IsTypeSpecifier && TUK == TUK_Definition) { 11806 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_type_specifier) 11807 << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 11808 Invalid = true; 11809 } 11810 11811 // Maybe add qualifier info. 11812 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 11813 if (SS.isSet()) { 11814 // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the 11815 // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this 11816 // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking 11817 // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to 11818 // CheckMemberSpecialization, below. 11819 if (!isExplicitSpecialization && 11820 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) && 11821 diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, Loc)) 11822 Invalid = true; 11823 11824 New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 11825 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) { 11826 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 11827 TemplateParameterLists.size(), 11828 TemplateParameterLists.data()); 11829 } 11830 } 11831 else 11832 Invalid = true; 11833 } 11834 11835 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 11836 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 11837 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 11838 // 11839 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 11840 // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is 11841 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 11842 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 11843 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 11844 // parsing of the struct). 11845 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 11846 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 11847 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); 11848 } 11849 } 11850 11851 if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) { 11852 if (isExplicitSpecialization) 11853 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 11854 << 2 11855 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 11856 // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only 11857 // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are 11858 // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__. 11859 else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 11860 New->setModulePrivate(); 11861 } 11862 11863 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 11864 // check the specialization. 11865 if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 11866 Invalid = true; 11867 11868 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope in C, 11869 // note that this type can only be used within the function and add it to 11870 // the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope. 11871 if ((Name || Kind == TTK_Enum) && 11872 getNonFieldDeclScope(S)->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 11873 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11874 // C++ [dcl.fct]p6: 11875 // Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types. 11876 if (TUK == TUK_Definition && !IsTypeSpecifier) { 11877 Diag(Loc, diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type) 11878 << Name; 11879 Invalid = true; 11880 } 11881 } else { 11882 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 11883 } 11884 DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(New); 11885 } 11886 11887 if (Invalid) 11888 New->setInvalidDecl(); 11889 11890 if (Attr) 11891 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 11892 11893 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 11894 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 11895 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 11896 11897 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 11898 // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward 11899 // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make 11900 // the tag name visible. 11901 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 11902 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat); 11903 11904 // Set the access specifier. 11905 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 11906 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 11907 11908 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) 11909 New->startDefinition(); 11910 11911 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 11912 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 11913 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 11914 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 11915 if (PrevDecl) 11916 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 11917 11918 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 11919 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 11920 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 11921 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 11922 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 11923 } else if (Name) { 11924 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 11925 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference); 11926 if (IsForwardReference) 11927 SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 11928 11929 } else { 11930 CurContext->addDecl(New); 11931 } 11932 11933 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 11934 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 11935 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 11936 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 11937 II->isStr("FILE")) 11938 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 11939 11940 if (PrevDecl) 11941 mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl); 11942 11943 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 11944 // record. 11945 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New); 11946 11947 OwnedDecl = true; 11948 // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from 11949 // the cases where we make the type anonymous. 11950 return (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) ? nullptr : New; 11951 } 11952 11953 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 11954 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 11955 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 11956 11957 // Enter the tag context. 11958 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 11959 11960 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 11961 11962 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 11963 // record. 11964 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag); 11965 } 11966 11967 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) { 11968 assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) && 11969 "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl"); 11970 DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl); 11971 assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext && 11972 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 11973 CurContext = OCD; 11974 return IDecl; 11975 } 11976 11977 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 11978 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 11979 bool IsFinalSpelledSealed, 11980 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 11981 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 11982 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 11983 11984 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 11985 11986 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 11987 return; 11988 11989 if (FinalLoc.isValid()) 11990 Record->addAttr(new (Context) 11991 FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context, IsFinalSpelledSealed)); 11992 11993 // C++ [class]p2: 11994 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 11995 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 11996 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 11997 // as if it were a public member name. 11998 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName 11999 = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, 12000 Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(), 12001 Record->getIdentifier(), 12002 /*PrevDecl=*/nullptr, 12003 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); 12004 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); 12005 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 12006 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 12007 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 12008 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 12009 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 12010 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 12011 "Broken injected-class-name"); 12012 } 12013 12014 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 12015 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { 12016 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 12017 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 12018 Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc); 12019 12020 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 12021 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 12022 assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it"); 12023 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 12024 RD->completeDefinition(); 12025 } 12026 12027 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) 12028 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 12029 12030 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 12031 PopDeclContext(); 12032 12033 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 12034 Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 12035 Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 12036 12037 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 12038 if (!Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 12039 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 12040 } 12041 12042 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() { 12043 // Exit this scope of this interface definition. 12044 PopDeclContext(); 12045 } 12046 12047 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 12048 assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts"); 12049 OriginalLexicalContext = DC; 12050 ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 12051 } 12052 12053 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 12054 ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC)); 12055 OriginalLexicalContext = nullptr; 12056 } 12057 12058 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 12059 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 12060 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 12061 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 12062 12063 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 12064 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 12065 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 12066 RD->completeDefinition(); 12067 } 12068 12069 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 12070 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 12071 // the FieldCollector. 12072 12073 PopDeclContext(); 12074 } 12075 12076 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 12077 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, 12078 IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 12079 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct, 12080 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth) { 12081 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 12082 if (ZeroWidth) 12083 *ZeroWidth = true; 12084 12085 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 12086 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 12087 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 12088 // Handle incomplete types with specific error. 12089 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) 12090 return ExprError(); 12091 if (FieldName) 12092 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 12093 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 12094 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 12095 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 12096 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth), 12097 UPPC_BitFieldWidth)) 12098 return ExprError(); 12099 12100 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 12101 // it now. 12102 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 12103 return BitWidth; 12104 12105 llvm::APSInt Value; 12106 ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value); 12107 if (ICE.isInvalid()) 12108 return ICE; 12109 BitWidth = ICE.get(); 12110 12111 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 12112 *ZeroWidth = false; 12113 12114 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 12115 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 12116 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 12117 12118 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 12119 if (FieldName) 12120 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 12121 << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 12122 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 12123 << Value.toString(10); 12124 } 12125 12126 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 12127 uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 12128 if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) { 12129 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || IsMsStruct || 12130 Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 12131 if (FieldName) 12132 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 12133 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 12134 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 12135 12136 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 12137 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 12138 } 12139 12140 if (FieldName) 12141 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 12142 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 12143 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 12144 else 12145 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 12146 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 12147 } 12148 } 12149 12150 return BitWidth; 12151 } 12152 12153 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order 12154 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 12155 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 12156 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) { 12157 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 12158 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 12159 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public); 12160 return Res; 12161 } 12162 12163 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 12164 /// 12165 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 12166 SourceLocation DeclStart, 12167 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, 12168 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 12169 AccessSpecifier AS) { 12170 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 12171 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 12172 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 12173 12174 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 12175 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 12176 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12177 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 12178 12179 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 12180 UPPC_DataMemberType)) { 12181 D.setInvalidType(); 12182 T = Context.IntTy; 12183 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc); 12184 } 12185 } 12186 12187 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces. 12188 if (T.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace()) { 12189 Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space); 12190 D.setInvalidType(); 12191 } 12192 12193 // OpenCL 1.2 spec, s6.9 r: 12194 // The event type cannot be used to declare a structure or union field. 12195 if (LangOpts.OpenCL && T->isEventT()) { 12196 Diag(Loc, diag::err_event_t_struct_field); 12197 D.setInvalidType(); 12198 } 12199 12200 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 12201 12202 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 12203 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 12204 diag::err_invalid_thread) 12205 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 12206 12207 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 12208 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 12209 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration); 12210 LookupName(Previous, S); 12211 switch (Previous.getResultKind()) { 12212 case LookupResult::Found: 12213 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 12214 PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 12215 break; 12216 12217 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 12218 PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 12219 break; 12220 12221 case LookupResult::NotFound: 12222 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 12223 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 12224 break; 12225 } 12226 Previous.suppressDiagnostics(); 12227 12228 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 12229 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 12230 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 12231 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 12232 PrevDecl = nullptr; 12233 } 12234 12235 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 12236 PrevDecl = nullptr; 12237 12238 bool Mutable 12239 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 12240 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart(); 12241 FieldDecl *NewFD 12242 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle, 12243 TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D); 12244 12245 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 12246 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 12247 12248 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 12249 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 12250 12251 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 12252 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 12253 // with the same name in the same scope. 12254 } else if (II) { 12255 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 12256 } else 12257 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 12258 12259 return NewFD; 12260 } 12261 12262 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 12263 /// 12264 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 12265 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 12266 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 12267 /// created. 12268 /// 12269 /// \returns a new FieldDecl. 12270 /// 12271 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 12272 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 12273 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 12274 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 12275 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, 12276 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 12277 SourceLocation TSSL, 12278 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 12279 Declarator *D) { 12280 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 12281 bool InvalidDecl = false; 12282 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 12283 12284 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 12285 // marking this declaration as invalid. 12286 if (T.isNull()) { 12287 InvalidDecl = true; 12288 T = Context.IntTy; 12289 } 12290 12291 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 12292 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 12293 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 12294 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 12295 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 12296 InvalidDecl = true; 12297 } else { 12298 NamedDecl *Def; 12299 EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def); 12300 if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) { 12301 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 12302 InvalidDecl = true; 12303 } 12304 } 12305 } 12306 12307 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported. 12308 if (BitWidth && getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 12309 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields); 12310 InvalidDecl = true; 12311 } 12312 12313 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 12314 // than a variably modified type. 12315 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 12316 bool SizeIsNegative; 12317 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 12318 12319 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 12320 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 12321 SizeIsNegative, 12322 Oversized); 12323 if (FixedTInfo) { 12324 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 12325 TInfo = FixedTInfo; 12326 T = FixedTInfo->getType(); 12327 } else { 12328 if (SizeIsNegative) 12329 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 12330 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 12331 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) 12332 << Oversized.toString(10); 12333 else 12334 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); 12335 InvalidDecl = true; 12336 } 12337 } 12338 12339 // Fields can not have abstract class types 12340 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 12341 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 12342 AbstractFieldType)) 12343 InvalidDecl = true; 12344 12345 bool ZeroWidth = false; 12346 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 12347 if (!InvalidDecl && BitWidth) { 12348 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, Record->isMsStruct(Context), BitWidth, 12349 &ZeroWidth).get(); 12350 if (!BitWidth) { 12351 InvalidDecl = true; 12352 BitWidth = nullptr; 12353 ZeroWidth = false; 12354 } 12355 } 12356 12357 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 12358 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 12359 unsigned DiagID = 0; 12360 if (T->isReferenceType()) 12361 DiagID = getLangOpts().MSVCCompat ? diag::ext_mutable_reference 12362 : diag::err_mutable_reference; 12363 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 12364 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 12365 12366 if (DiagID) { 12367 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 12368 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 12369 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 12370 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 12371 if (DiagID != diag::ext_mutable_reference) { 12372 Mutable = false; 12373 InvalidDecl = true; 12374 } 12375 } 12376 } 12377 12378 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 12379 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 12380 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 12381 if (InitStyle != ICIS_NoInit) 12382 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), Loc); 12383 12384 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 12385 BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle); 12386 if (InvalidDecl) 12387 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 12388 12389 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 12390 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 12391 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 12392 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 12393 } 12394 12395 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12396 if (Record->isUnion()) { 12397 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 12398 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 12399 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 12400 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 12401 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 12402 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 12403 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 12404 // objects. 12405 if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 12406 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 12407 } 12408 } 12409 12410 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, 12411 // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions 12412 // enabled. 12413 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { 12414 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 12415 diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type : 12416 diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) 12417 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; 12418 if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 12419 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 12420 } 12421 } 12422 } 12423 12424 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 12425 // representation, not a parser representation. 12426 if (D) { 12427 // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here. 12428 ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D); 12429 12430 if (NewFD->hasAttrs()) 12431 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD); 12432 } 12433 12434 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of 12435 // retainable type. 12436 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD)) 12437 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 12438 12439 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 12440 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 12441 12442 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 12443 return NewFD; 12444 } 12445 12446 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 12447 assert(FD); 12448 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 12449 12450 if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getType()->isDependentType()) 12451 return false; 12452 12453 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 12454 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 12455 CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 12456 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 12457 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 12458 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 12459 // copy constructors. 12460 12461 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 12462 // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the 12463 // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any 12464 // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a 12465 // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't 12466 // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.) 12467 if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor()) 12468 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 12469 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) 12470 member = CXXDefaultConstructor; 12471 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment()) 12472 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 12473 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor()) 12474 member = CXXDestructor; 12475 12476 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 12477 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && 12478 getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) { 12479 // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of 12480 // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs 12481 // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions, 12482 // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those 12483 // members unavailable. 12484 SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation(); 12485 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) { 12486 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) 12487 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 12488 "this system field has retaining ownership", 12489 Loc)); 12490 return false; 12491 } 12492 } 12493 12494 Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? 12495 diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member : 12496 diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 12497 << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 12498 DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member); 12499 return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11; 12500 } 12501 } 12502 } 12503 12504 return false; 12505 } 12506 12507 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 12508 /// AST enum value. 12509 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 12510 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 12511 switch (ivarVisibility) { 12512 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind"); 12513 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 12514 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 12515 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 12516 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 12517 } 12518 } 12519 12520 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 12521 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 12522 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 12523 SourceLocation DeclStart, 12524 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 12525 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 12526 12527 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 12528 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 12529 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 12530 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 12531 12532 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 12533 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 12534 12535 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 12536 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 12537 12538 if (BitWidth) { 12539 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 12540 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, /*IsMsStruct*/false, BitWidth).get(); 12541 if (!BitWidth) 12542 D.setInvalidType(); 12543 } else { 12544 // Not a bitfield. 12545 12546 // validate II. 12547 12548 } 12549 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 12550 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 12551 D.setInvalidType(); 12552 } 12553 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 12554 // than a variably modified type. 12555 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 12556 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); 12557 D.setInvalidType(); 12558 } 12559 12560 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 12561 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 12562 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 12563 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 12564 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 12565 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext); 12566 if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 12567 return nullptr; 12568 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 12569 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 12570 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 12571 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) { 12572 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 12573 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 12574 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 12575 } 12576 else 12577 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 12578 } else { 12579 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 12580 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 12581 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 12582 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 12583 return nullptr; 12584 } 12585 } 12586 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 12587 } 12588 12589 // Construct the decl. 12590 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext, 12591 DeclStart, Loc, II, T, 12592 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 12593 12594 if (II) { 12595 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 12596 ForRedeclaration); 12597 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 12598 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 12599 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 12600 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 12601 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 12602 } 12603 } 12604 12605 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 12606 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 12607 12608 if (D.isInvalidType()) 12609 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 12610 12611 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type. 12612 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID)) 12613 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 12614 12615 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 12616 NewID->setModulePrivate(); 12617 12618 if (II) { 12619 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 12620 // these to the interface. 12621 S->AddDecl(NewID); 12622 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 12623 } 12624 12625 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() && 12626 !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) 12627 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface); 12628 12629 return NewID; 12630 } 12631 12632 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 12633 /// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class 12634 /// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 12635 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 12636 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, 12637 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 12638 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 12639 return; 12640 12641 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 12642 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 12643 12644 if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0) 12645 return; 12646 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext); 12647 if (!ID) { 12648 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) { 12649 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 12650 return; 12651 } 12652 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 12653 else 12654 return; 12655 } 12656 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 12657 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0); 12658 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc); 12659 12660 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext), 12661 DeclLoc, DeclLoc, nullptr, 12662 Context.CharTy, 12663 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy, 12664 DeclLoc), 12665 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 12666 true); 12667 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 12668 } 12669 12670 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 12671 ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac, 12672 SourceLocation RBrac, AttributeList *Attr) { 12673 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 12674 12675 // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have 12676 // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since 12677 // it will now change. 12678 if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 12679 ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 12680 switch (DC->getKind()) { 12681 default: break; 12682 case Decl::ObjCCategory: 12683 Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 12684 break; 12685 case Decl::ObjCImplementation: 12686 Context. 12687 ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 12688 break; 12689 } 12690 } 12691 12692 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 12693 12694 // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include 12695 // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total. 12696 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 12697 if (Record) { 12698 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 12699 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 12700 if (IFD->getDeclName()) 12701 ++NumNamedMembers; 12702 } 12703 } 12704 12705 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 12706 SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 12707 12708 bool ARCErrReported = false; 12709 for (ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end(); 12710 i != end; ++i) { 12711 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i); 12712 12713 // Get the type for the field. 12714 const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 12715 12716 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 12717 // Remember all fields written by the user. 12718 RecFields.push_back(FD); 12719 } 12720 12721 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 12722 // diagnostics about it. 12723 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 12724 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 12725 continue; 12726 } 12727 12728 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 12729 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 12730 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 12731 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 12732 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 12733 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 12734 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 12735 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 12736 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 12737 // array. 12738 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 12739 // Field declared as a function. 12740 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 12741 << FD->getDeclName(); 12742 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12743 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 12744 continue; 12745 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record && 12746 ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) || 12747 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt || 12748 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) && 12749 (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) { 12750 // Flexible array member. 12751 // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array. 12752 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 12753 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 12754 unsigned DiagID = 0; 12755 if (Record->isUnion()) 12756 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 12757 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms 12758 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 12759 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu 12760 : diag::err_flexible_array_union; 12761 else if (Fields.size() == 1) 12762 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 12763 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms 12764 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 12765 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu 12766 : NumNamedMembers < 1 12767 ? diag::err_flexible_array_empty_aggregate 12768 : 0; 12769 12770 if (DiagID) 12771 Diag(FD->getLocation(), DiagID) << FD->getDeclName() 12772 << Record->getTagKind(); 12773 // While the layout of types that contain virtual bases is not specified 12774 // by the C++ standard, both the Itanium and Microsoft C++ ABIs place 12775 // virtual bases after the derived members. This would make a flexible 12776 // array member declared at the end of an object not adjacent to the end 12777 // of the type. 12778 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) 12779 if (RD->getNumVBases() != 0) 12780 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_virtual_base) 12781 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 12782 if (!getLangOpts().C99) 12783 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member) 12784 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 12785 12786 // If the element type has a non-trivial destructor, we would not 12787 // implicitly destroy the elements, so disallow it for now. 12788 // 12789 // FIXME: GCC allows this. We should probably either implicitly delete 12790 // the destructor of the containing class, or just allow this. 12791 QualType BaseElem = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 12792 if (!BaseElem->isDependentType() && BaseElem.isDestructedType()) { 12793 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nontrivial_dtor) 12794 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 12795 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12796 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 12797 continue; 12798 } 12799 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 12800 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 12801 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 12802 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 12803 diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 12804 // Incomplete type 12805 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12806 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 12807 continue; 12808 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 12809 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 12810 // A type which contains a flexible array member is considered to be a 12811 // flexible array member. 12812 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 12813 if (!Record->isUnion()) { 12814 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 12815 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 12816 // structures. 12817 if (i + 1 != Fields.end()) 12818 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 12819 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 12820 else { 12821 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 12822 // other structs as an extension. 12823 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 12824 << FD->getDeclName(); 12825 } 12826 } 12827 } 12828 if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) && 12829 RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 12830 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 12831 AbstractIvarType)) { 12832 // Ivars can not have abstract class types 12833 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12834 } 12835 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 12836 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 12837 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember()) 12838 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 12839 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 12840 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 12841 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 12842 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*"); 12843 QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType()); 12844 FD->setType(T); 12845 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported && 12846 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Record->isUnion())) { 12847 // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime. 12848 // We don't want to report this in a system header, though, 12849 // so we just make the field unavailable. 12850 // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type 12851 // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy. 12852 QualType T = FD->getType(); 12853 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime(); 12854 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) { 12855 SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation(); 12856 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) { 12857 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) { 12858 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 12859 "this system field has retaining ownership", 12860 loc)); 12861 } 12862 } else { 12863 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_tag) 12864 << T->isBlockPointerType() << Record->getTagKind(); 12865 } 12866 ARCErrReported = true; 12867 } 12868 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && 12869 getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC && 12870 Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) { 12871 if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 12872 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong()) 12873 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 12874 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 12875 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 12876 if (BaseType->isRecordType() && 12877 BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 12878 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 12879 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 12880 BaseType.isObjCGCStrong()) 12881 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 12882 } 12883 } 12884 if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified()) 12885 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 12886 // Keep track of the number of named members. 12887 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 12888 ++NumNamedMembers; 12889 } 12890 12891 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 12892 if (Record) { 12893 bool Completed = false; 12894 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 12895 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 12896 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. 12897 for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator 12898 I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(), 12899 E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I) 12900 I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess()); 12901 12902 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { 12903 if (CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) { 12904 // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec. 12905 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 12906 AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord, 12907 CXXRecord->getDestructor()); 12908 } 12909 12910 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. 12911 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); 12912 12913 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 12914 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 12915 // problem now. 12916 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { 12917 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; 12918 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); 12919 12920 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 12921 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); 12922 M != MEnd; ++M) { 12923 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 12924 SOEnd = M->second.end(); 12925 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { 12926 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 12927 "Virtual function without overridding functions?"); 12928 if (SO->second.size() == 1) 12929 continue; 12930 12931 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: 12932 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base 12933 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the 12934 // program is ill-formed. 12935 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) 12936 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; 12937 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 12938 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 12939 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 12940 OM = SO->second.begin(), 12941 OMEnd = SO->second.end(); 12942 OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 12943 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) 12944 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); 12945 12946 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 12947 } 12948 } 12949 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); 12950 Completed = true; 12951 } 12952 } 12953 } 12954 } 12955 12956 if (!Completed) 12957 Record->completeDefinition(); 12958 12959 if (Record->hasAttrs()) { 12960 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record); 12961 12962 if (const MSInheritanceAttr *IA = Record->getAttr<MSInheritanceAttr>()) 12963 checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), 12964 IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 12965 IA->getSemanticSpelling()); 12966 } 12967 12968 // Check if the structure/union declaration is a type that can have zero 12969 // size in C. For C this is a language extension, for C++ it may cause 12970 // compatibility problems. 12971 bool CheckForZeroSize; 12972 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12973 CheckForZeroSize = true; 12974 } else { 12975 // For C++ filter out types that cannot be referenced in C code. 12976 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record); 12977 CheckForZeroSize = 12978 CXXRecord->getLexicalDeclContext()->isExternCContext() && 12979 !CXXRecord->isDependentType() && 12980 CXXRecord->isCLike(); 12981 } 12982 if (CheckForZeroSize) { 12983 bool ZeroSize = true; 12984 bool IsEmpty = true; 12985 unsigned NonBitFields = 0; 12986 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(), 12987 E = Record->field_end(); 12988 (NonBitFields == 0 || ZeroSize) && I != E; ++I) { 12989 IsEmpty = false; 12990 if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) { 12991 if (I->getBitWidthValue(Context) > 0) 12992 ZeroSize = false; 12993 } else { 12994 ++NonBitFields; 12995 QualType FieldType = I->getType(); 12996 if (FieldType->isIncompleteType() || 12997 !Context.getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).isZero()) 12998 ZeroSize = false; 12999 } 13000 } 13001 13002 // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7). They are 13003 // allowed in C++, but warn if its declaration is inside 13004 // extern "C" block. 13005 if (ZeroSize) { 13006 Diag(RecLoc, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? 13007 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_in_extern_c : 13008 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat) 13009 << IsEmpty << Record->isUnion() << (NonBitFields > 1); 13010 } 13011 13012 // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7), 13013 // but are accepted by GCC. 13014 if (NonBitFields == 0 && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13015 Diag(RecLoc, IsEmpty ? diag::ext_empty_struct_union : 13016 diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union) 13017 << Record->isUnion(); 13018 } 13019 } 13020 } else { 13021 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 13022 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 13023 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13024 ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac); 13025 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 13026 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13027 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 13028 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 13029 } 13030 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 13031 // duplicates. 13032 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 13033 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 13034 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 13035 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13036 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 13037 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 13038 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 13039 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 13040 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 13041 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 13042 IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 13043 IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 13044 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 13045 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13046 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 13047 // reported as errors elsewhere. 13048 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 13049 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 13050 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 13051 // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars. 13052 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface(); 13053 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13054 if (IDecl) { 13055 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar = 13056 IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 13057 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 13058 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 13059 Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 13060 continue; 13061 } 13062 for (const auto *Ext : IDecl->known_extensions()) { 13063 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar 13064 = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 13065 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 13066 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 13067 Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 13068 continue; 13069 } 13070 } 13071 } 13072 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 13073 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 13074 } 13075 CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 13076 CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 13077 } 13078 } 13079 13080 if (Attr) 13081 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr); 13082 } 13083 13084 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 13085 /// the given type T. 13086 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 13087 llvm::APSInt &Value, 13088 QualType T) { 13089 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 13090 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 13091 13092 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { 13093 if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()) 13094 --BitWidth; 13095 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; 13096 } 13097 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 13098 } 13099 13100 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 13101 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 13102 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 13103 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 13104 // enum checking below. 13105 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 13106 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 13107 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 13108 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 13109 }; 13110 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 13111 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 13112 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 13113 }; 13114 13115 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 13116 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes 13117 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 13118 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 13119 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 13120 return Types[I]; 13121 13122 return QualType(); 13123 } 13124 13125 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 13126 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 13127 SourceLocation IdLoc, 13128 IdentifierInfo *Id, 13129 Expr *Val) { 13130 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 13131 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 13132 QualType EltTy; 13133 13134 if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue)) 13135 Val = nullptr; 13136 13137 if (Val) 13138 Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).get(); 13139 13140 if (Val) { 13141 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 13142 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 13143 else { 13144 SourceLocation ExpLoc; 13145 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() && 13146 !getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 13147 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the 13148 // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted 13149 // constant expression of the underlying type. 13150 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 13151 ExprResult Converted = 13152 CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal, 13153 CCEK_Enumerator); 13154 if (Converted.isInvalid()) 13155 Val = nullptr; 13156 else 13157 Val = Converted.get(); 13158 } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 13159 !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, 13160 &EnumVal).get())) { 13161 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 13162 } else { 13163 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 13164 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 13165 13166 // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be 13167 // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11, 13168 // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant 13169 // expression checking. 13170 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 13171 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 13172 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 13173 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 13174 } else 13175 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 13176 } else 13177 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 13178 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13179 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: 13180 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 13181 // is the type of its initializing value: 13182 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 13183 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 13184 EltTy = Val->getType(); 13185 } else { 13186 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 13187 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 13188 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 13189 // representable as an int. 13190 13191 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 13192 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 13193 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 13194 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() 13195 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 13196 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 13197 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 13198 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 13199 } 13200 EltTy = Val->getType(); 13201 } 13202 } 13203 } 13204 } 13205 13206 if (!Val) { 13207 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 13208 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 13209 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 13210 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 13211 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 13212 // is the type of its initializing value: 13213 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 13214 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 13215 // 13216 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 13217 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 13218 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 13219 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 13220 } 13221 else { 13222 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 13223 } 13224 } else { 13225 // Assign the last value + 1. 13226 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 13227 ++EnumVal; 13228 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 13229 13230 // Check for overflow on increment. 13231 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 13232 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 13233 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 13234 // is the type of its initializing value: 13235 // 13236 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 13237 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 13238 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 13239 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 13240 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 13241 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 13242 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 13243 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { 13244 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 13245 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 13246 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 13247 EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 13248 ++EnumVal; 13249 if (Enum->isFixed()) 13250 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. 13251 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) 13252 << EnumVal.toString(10) 13253 << EltTy; 13254 else 13255 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_increment_too_large) 13256 << EnumVal.toString(10); 13257 } else { 13258 EltTy = T; 13259 } 13260 13261 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 13262 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 13263 // value, then increment. 13264 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 13265 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 13266 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 13267 ++EnumVal; 13268 13269 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 13270 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 13271 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 13272 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 13273 // integral type. 13274 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 13275 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 13276 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 13277 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 13278 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 13279 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 13280 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; 13281 } 13282 } 13283 } 13284 13285 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 13286 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 13287 // enumerator's type. 13288 EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 13289 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 13290 } 13291 13292 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 13293 Val, EnumVal); 13294 } 13295 13296 13297 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, 13298 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 13299 AttributeList *Attr, 13300 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) { 13301 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 13302 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 13303 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 13304 13305 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 13306 // we find one that is. 13307 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 13308 13309 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 13310 // scope. 13311 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 13312 ForRedeclaration); 13313 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 13314 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 13315 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 13316 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 13317 PrevDecl = nullptr; 13318 } 13319 13320 if (PrevDecl) { 13321 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 13322 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 13323 assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 13324 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 13325 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) { 13326 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 13327 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 13328 else 13329 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 13330 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 13331 return nullptr; 13332 } 13333 } 13334 13335 // C++ [class.mem]p15: 13336 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name 13337 // different from T: 13338 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped 13339 // enumerated type 13340 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record 13341 = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>( 13342 TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 13343 if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped() && 13344 Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getIdentifier() == Id) 13345 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Id; 13346 13347 EnumConstantDecl *New = 13348 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); 13349 13350 if (New) { 13351 // Process attributes. 13352 if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 13353 13354 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 13355 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 13356 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 13357 } 13358 13359 ActOnDocumentableDecl(New); 13360 13361 return New; 13362 } 13363 13364 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the 13365 // duplicate enum warning. A few common cases are exempted as follows: 13366 // Element2 = Element1 13367 // Element2 = Element1 + 1 13368 // Element2 = Element1 - 1 13369 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum. 13370 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) { 13371 Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr(); 13372 if (!InitExpr) 13373 return true; 13374 InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts(); 13375 13376 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) { 13377 if (!BO->isAdditiveOp()) 13378 return true; 13379 IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS()); 13380 if (!IL) 13381 return true; 13382 if (IL->getValue() != 1) 13383 return true; 13384 13385 InitExpr = BO->getLHS(); 13386 } 13387 13388 // This checks if the elements are from the same enum. 13389 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr); 13390 if (!DRE) 13391 return true; 13392 13393 EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); 13394 if (!EnumConstant) 13395 return true; 13396 13397 if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) != 13398 Enum) 13399 return true; 13400 13401 return false; 13402 } 13403 13404 struct DupKey { 13405 int64_t val; 13406 bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey; 13407 DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) 13408 : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {} 13409 }; 13410 13411 static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) { 13412 return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(), 13413 false); 13414 } 13415 13416 struct DenseMapInfoDupKey { 13417 static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); } 13418 static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); } 13419 static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) { 13420 return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37); 13421 } 13422 static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) { 13423 return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey && 13424 LHS.val == RHS.val; 13425 } 13426 }; 13427 13428 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that 13429 // a previous element has already been set to. 13430 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 13431 EnumDecl *Enum, 13432 QualType EnumType) { 13433 if (S.Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, Enum->getLocation())) 13434 return; 13435 // Avoid anonymous enums 13436 if (!Enum->getIdentifier()) 13437 return; 13438 13439 // Only check for small enums. 13440 if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64) 13441 return; 13442 13443 typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector; 13444 typedef SmallVector<ECDVector *, 3> DuplicatesVector; 13445 13446 typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector; 13447 typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey> 13448 ValueToVectorMap; 13449 13450 DuplicatesVector DupVector; 13451 ValueToVectorMap EnumMap; 13452 13453 // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without 13454 // an initialier. 13455 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13456 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 13457 13458 // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for 13459 // this constant. Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed. 13460 if (!ECD) { 13461 return; 13462 } 13463 13464 if (ECD->getInitExpr()) 13465 continue; 13466 13467 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 13468 DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 13469 13470 // First time encountering this value. 13471 if (Entry.isNull()) 13472 Entry = ECD; 13473 } 13474 13475 // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates. 13476 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13477 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 13478 if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum)) 13479 continue; 13480 13481 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 13482 13483 DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 13484 if (Entry.isNull()) 13485 continue; 13486 13487 if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) { 13488 // Ensure constants are different. 13489 if (D == ECD) 13490 continue; 13491 13492 // Create new vector and push values onto it. 13493 ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector(); 13494 Vec->push_back(D); 13495 Vec->push_back(ECD); 13496 13497 // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector. 13498 Entry = Vec; 13499 13500 // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of 13501 // diagnostics. 13502 DupVector.push_back(Vec); 13503 continue; 13504 } 13505 13506 ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>(); 13507 // Make sure constants are not added more than once. 13508 if (*Vec->begin() == ECD) 13509 continue; 13510 13511 Vec->push_back(ECD); 13512 } 13513 13514 // Emit diagnostics. 13515 for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(), 13516 DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end(); 13517 DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) { 13518 ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter; 13519 assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements."); 13520 13521 // Emit warning for one enum constant. 13522 ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin(); 13523 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values) 13524 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 13525 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 13526 ++I; 13527 13528 // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with 13529 // the same value. 13530 for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I) 13531 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element) 13532 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 13533 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 13534 delete Vec; 13535 } 13536 } 13537 13538 bool 13539 Sema::IsValueInFlagEnum(const EnumDecl *ED, const llvm::APInt &Val, 13540 bool AllowMask) const { 13541 FlagEnumAttr *FEAttr = ED->getAttr<FlagEnumAttr>(); 13542 assert(FEAttr && "looking for value in non-flag enum"); 13543 13544 llvm::APInt FlagMask = ~FEAttr->getFlagBits(); 13545 unsigned Width = FlagMask.getBitWidth(); 13546 13547 // We will try a zero-extended value for the regular check first. 13548 llvm::APInt ExtVal = Val.zextOrSelf(Width); 13549 13550 // A value is in a flag enum if either its bits are a subset of the enum's 13551 // flag bits (the first condition) or we are allowing masks and the same is 13552 // true of its complement (the second condition). When masks are allowed, we 13553 // allow the common idiom of ~(enum1 | enum2) to be a valid enum value. 13554 // 13555 // While it's true that any value could be used as a mask, the assumption is 13556 // that a mask will have all of the insignificant bits set. Anything else is 13557 // likely a logic error. 13558 if (!(FlagMask & ExtVal)) 13559 return true; 13560 13561 if (AllowMask) { 13562 // Try a one-extended value instead. This can happen if the enum is wider 13563 // than the constant used, in C with extensions to allow for wider enums. 13564 // The mask will still have the correct behaviour, so we give the user the 13565 // benefit of the doubt. 13566 // 13567 // FIXME: This heuristic can cause weird results if the enum was extended 13568 // to a larger type and is signed, because then bit-masks of smaller types 13569 // that get extended will fall out of range (e.g. ~0x1u). We currently don't 13570 // detect that case and will get a false positive for it. In most cases, 13571 // though, it can be fixed by making it a signed type (e.g. ~0x1), so it may 13572 // be fine just to accept this as a warning. 13573 ExtVal |= llvm::APInt::getHighBitsSet(Width, Width - Val.getBitWidth()); 13574 if (!(FlagMask & ~ExtVal)) 13575 return true; 13576 } 13577 13578 return false; 13579 } 13580 13581 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 13582 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX, 13583 ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 13584 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) { 13585 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 13586 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 13587 13588 if (Attr) 13589 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr); 13590 13591 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 13592 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13593 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 13594 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 13595 if (!ECD) continue; 13596 13597 ECD->setType(EnumType); 13598 } 13599 13600 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 13601 return; 13602 } 13603 13604 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 13605 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 13606 // emit a warning. 13607 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 13608 unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth(); 13609 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth(); 13610 13611 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 13612 // reverse the list. 13613 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 13614 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 13615 13616 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 13617 bool AllElementsInt = true; 13618 13619 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13620 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 13621 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 13622 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 13623 13624 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 13625 13626 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 13627 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 13628 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 13629 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 13630 else 13631 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 13632 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 13633 13634 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). 13635 if (AllElementsInt) 13636 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 13637 } 13638 13639 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 13640 QualType BestType; 13641 unsigned BestWidth; 13642 13643 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 13644 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 13645 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 13646 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 13647 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 13648 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 13649 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 13650 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 13651 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 13652 QualType BestPromotionType; 13653 13654 bool Packed = Enum->hasAttr<PackedAttr>(); 13655 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all 13656 // enum definitions. 13657 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) 13658 Packed = true; 13659 13660 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 13661 BestType = Enum->getIntegerType(); 13662 if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType()) 13663 BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType); 13664 else 13665 BestPromotionType = BestType; 13666 13667 BestWidth = Context.getIntWidth(BestType); 13668 } 13669 else if (NumNegativeBits) { 13670 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 13671 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 13672 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 13673 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 13674 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 13675 BestWidth = CharWidth; 13676 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 13677 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 13678 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 13679 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 13680 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 13681 BestType = Context.IntTy; 13682 BestWidth = IntWidth; 13683 } else { 13684 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth(); 13685 13686 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 13687 BestType = Context.LongTy; 13688 } else { 13689 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 13690 13691 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 13692 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_enum_too_large); 13693 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 13694 } 13695 } 13696 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 13697 } else { 13698 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 13699 // all of the enumerator values. 13700 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 13701 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 13702 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 13703 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 13704 BestWidth = CharWidth; 13705 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 13706 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 13707 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 13708 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 13709 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 13710 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 13711 BestWidth = IntWidth; 13712 BestPromotionType 13713 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 13714 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 13715 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 13716 (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) { 13717 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 13718 BestPromotionType 13719 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 13720 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 13721 } else { 13722 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 13723 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 13724 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 13725 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 13726 BestPromotionType 13727 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 13728 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 13729 } 13730 } 13731 13732 FlagEnumAttr *FEAttr = Enum->getAttr<FlagEnumAttr>(); 13733 if (FEAttr) 13734 FEAttr->getFlagBits() = llvm::APInt(BestWidth, 0); 13735 13736 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 13737 // the type of the enum if needed. If we have a flag type, we also prepare the 13738 // FlagBits cache. 13739 for (auto *D : Elements) { 13740 auto *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 13741 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 13742 13743 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 13744 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 13745 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 13746 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 13747 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 13748 13749 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 13750 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 13751 13752 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 13753 // the enum decl type. 13754 QualType NewTy; 13755 unsigned NewWidth; 13756 bool NewSign; 13757 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 13758 !Enum->isFixed() && 13759 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 13760 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 13761 NewWidth = IntWidth; 13762 NewSign = true; 13763 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 13764 // Already the right type! 13765 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 13766 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 13767 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 13768 // enumeration. 13769 ECD->setType(EnumType); 13770 goto flagbits; 13771 } else { 13772 NewTy = BestType; 13773 NewWidth = BestWidth; 13774 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); 13775 } 13776 13777 // Adjust the APSInt value. 13778 InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 13779 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 13780 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 13781 13782 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 13783 if (ECD->getInitExpr() && 13784 !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType())) 13785 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, 13786 CK_IntegralCast, 13787 ECD->getInitExpr(), 13788 /*base paths*/ nullptr, 13789 VK_RValue)); 13790 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 13791 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 13792 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 13793 // enumeration. 13794 ECD->setType(EnumType); 13795 else 13796 ECD->setType(NewTy); 13797 13798 flagbits: 13799 // Check to see if we have a constant with exactly one bit set. Note that x 13800 // & (x - 1) will be nonzero if and only if x has more than one bit set. 13801 if (FEAttr) { 13802 llvm::APInt ExtVal = InitVal.zextOrSelf(BestWidth); 13803 if (ExtVal != 0 && !(ExtVal & (ExtVal - 1))) { 13804 FEAttr->getFlagBits() |= ExtVal; 13805 } 13806 } 13807 } 13808 13809 if (FEAttr) { 13810 for (Decl *D : Elements) { 13811 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 13812 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 13813 13814 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 13815 if (InitVal != 0 && !IsValueInFlagEnum(Enum, InitVal, true)) 13816 Diag(ECD->getLocation(), diag::warn_flag_enum_constant_out_of_range) 13817 << ECD << Enum; 13818 } 13819 } 13820 13821 13822 13823 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 13824 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 13825 13826 CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType); 13827 13828 // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned. 13829 if (Enum->hasAttrs()) 13830 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum); 13831 } 13832 13833 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 13834 SourceLocation StartLoc, 13835 SourceLocation EndLoc) { 13836 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 13837 13838 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 13839 AsmString, StartLoc, 13840 EndLoc); 13841 CurContext->addDecl(New); 13842 return New; 13843 } 13844 13845 static void checkModuleImportContext(Sema &S, Module *M, 13846 SourceLocation ImportLoc, 13847 DeclContext *DC) { 13848 if (auto *LSD = dyn_cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) { 13849 switch (LSD->getLanguage()) { 13850 case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c: 13851 if (!M->IsExternC) { 13852 S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_in_extern_c) 13853 << M->getFullModuleName(); 13854 S.Diag(LSD->getLocStart(), diag::note_module_import_in_extern_c); 13855 return; 13856 } 13857 break; 13858 case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_cxx: 13859 break; 13860 } 13861 DC = LSD->getParent(); 13862 } 13863 13864 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 13865 DC = DC->getParent(); 13866 if (!isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) { 13867 S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_not_at_top_level) 13868 << M->getFullModuleName() << DC; 13869 S.Diag(cast<Decl>(DC)->getLocStart(), 13870 diag::note_module_import_not_at_top_level) 13871 << DC; 13872 } 13873 } 13874 13875 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, 13876 SourceLocation ImportLoc, 13877 ModuleIdPath Path) { 13878 Module *Mod = 13879 getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, Module::AllVisible, 13880 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false); 13881 if (!Mod) 13882 return true; 13883 13884 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, ImportLoc, CurContext); 13885 13886 // FIXME: we should support importing a submodule within a different submodule 13887 // of the same top-level module. Until we do, make it an error rather than 13888 // silently ignoring the import. 13889 if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().CurrentModule) 13890 Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_self_import) 13891 << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().CurrentModule; 13892 else if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().ImplementationOfModule) 13893 Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_in_implementation) 13894 << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().ImplementationOfModule; 13895 13896 SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs; 13897 Module *ModCheck = Mod; 13898 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) { 13899 // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers. 13900 // We need the length to be consistent. 13901 if (!ModCheck) 13902 break; 13903 ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent; 13904 13905 IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second); 13906 } 13907 13908 ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context, 13909 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 13910 AtLoc.isValid()? AtLoc : ImportLoc, 13911 Mod, IdentifierLocs); 13912 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Import); 13913 return Import; 13914 } 13915 13916 void Sema::ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 13917 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext); 13918 13919 // FIXME: Should we synthesize an ImportDecl here? 13920 getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, DirectiveLoc, 13921 /*Complain=*/true); 13922 } 13923 13924 void Sema::createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(SourceLocation Loc, 13925 Module *Mod) { 13926 // Bail if we're not allowed to implicitly import a module here. 13927 if (isSFINAEContext() || !getLangOpts().ModulesErrorRecovery) 13928 return; 13929 13930 // Create the implicit import declaration. 13931 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 13932 ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU, 13933 Loc, Mod, Loc); 13934 TU->addDecl(ImportD); 13935 Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD); 13936 13937 // Make the module visible. 13938 getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, Loc, 13939 /*Complain=*/false); 13940 } 13941 13942 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name, 13943 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 13944 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 13945 SourceLocation NameLoc, 13946 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 13947 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, 13948 LookupOrdinaryName); 13949 AsmLabelAttr *Attr = ::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(AliasNameLoc, Context, 13950 AliasName->getName(), 0); 13951 13952 if (PrevDecl) 13953 PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr); 13954 else 13955 (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 13956 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>(Name, Attr)); 13957 } 13958 13959 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 13960 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 13961 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 13962 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 13963 13964 if (PrevDecl) { 13965 PrevDecl->addAttr(WeakAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, PragmaLoc)); 13966 } else { 13967 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 13968 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 13969 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)nullptr, NameLoc))); 13970 } 13971 } 13972 13973 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 13974 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 13975 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 13976 SourceLocation NameLoc, 13977 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 13978 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 13979 LookupOrdinaryName); 13980 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 13981 13982 if (PrevDecl) { 13983 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 13984 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 13985 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 13986 } else { 13987 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 13988 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 13989 } 13990 } 13991 13992 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const { 13993 return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext)); 13994 } 13995 13996 AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const { 13997 const Decl *D = cast_or_null<Decl>(getCurObjCLexicalContext()); 13998 if (!D) 13999 return AR_Available; 14000 14001 // If we are within an Objective-C method, we should consult 14002 // both the availability of the method as well as the 14003 // enclosing class. If the class is (say) deprecated, 14004 // the entire method is considered deprecated from the 14005 // purpose of checking if the current context is deprecated. 14006 if (const ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) { 14007 AvailabilityResult R = MD->getAvailability(); 14008 if (R != AR_Available) 14009 return R; 14010 D = MD->getClassInterface(); 14011 } 14012 // If we are within an Objective-c @implementation, it 14013 // gets the same availability context as the @interface. 14014 else if (const ObjCImplementationDecl *ID = 14015 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(D)) { 14016 D = ID->getClassInterface(); 14017 } 14018 // Recover from user error. 14019 return D ? D->getAvailability() : AR_Available; 14020 } 14021